blob: b8bc94f370c74b4620759634dc44b7e7f9b0ad03 [file] [log] [blame]
Peter Maydell3c95fde2020-03-06 17:17:44 +00001HXCOMM Use DEFHEADING() to define headings in both help text and rST.
2HXCOMM Text between SRST and ERST is copied to the rST version and
3HXCOMM discarded from C version.
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00004HXCOMM DEF(option, HAS_ARG/0, opt_enum, opt_help, arch_mask) is used to
5HXCOMM construct option structures, enums and help message for specified
6HXCOMM architectures.
Peter Maydell3c95fde2020-03-06 17:17:44 +00007HXCOMM HXCOMM can be used for comments, discarded from both rST and C.
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00008
Markus Armbrusterde6b4f92017-10-02 16:03:00 +02009DEFHEADING(Standard options:)
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +000010
11DEF("help", 0, QEMU_OPTION_h,
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +000012 "-h or -help display this help and exit\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +000013SRST
14``-h``
15 Display help and exit
16ERST
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +000017
pbrook9bd7e6d2009-04-07 22:58:45 +000018DEF("version", 0, QEMU_OPTION_version,
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +000019 "-version display version information and exit\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +000020SRST
21``-version``
22 Display version information and exit
23ERST
pbrook9bd7e6d2009-04-07 22:58:45 +000024
Jan Kiszka80f52a62011-07-23 12:39:46 +020025DEF("machine", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_machine, \
26 "-machine [type=]name[,prop[=value][,...]]\n"
Peter Maydell585f6032012-10-04 16:22:01 +010027 " selects emulated machine ('-machine help' for list)\n"
Jan Kiszka80f52a62011-07-23 12:39:46 +020028 " property accel=accel1[:accel2[:...]] selects accelerator\n"
Reinoud Zandijk74a414a2021-04-02 22:25:32 +020029 " supported accelerators are kvm, xen, hax, hvf, nvmm, whpx or tcg (default: tcg)\n"
Don Slutzd1048be2014-11-21 11:18:52 -050030 " vmport=on|off|auto controls emulation of vmport (default: auto)\n"
Luiz Capitulino8490fc72012-09-05 16:50:16 -030031 " dump-guest-core=on|off include guest memory in a core dump (default=on)\n"
Le Tana52a7fd2014-08-16 13:55:40 +080032 " mem-merge=on|off controls memory merge support (default: on)\n"
Tony Krowiak2eb1cd02015-03-12 13:53:51 +010033 " aes-key-wrap=on|off controls support for AES key wrapping (default=on)\n"
Alexander Graf9850c602015-02-23 13:56:42 +010034 " dea-key-wrap=on|off controls support for DEA key wrapping (default=on)\n"
Xiao Guangrong87252e12015-12-02 15:20:58 +080035 " suppress-vmdesc=on|off disables self-describing migration (default=off)\n"
Greg Kurz902c0532016-02-18 12:32:25 +010036 " nvdimm=on|off controls NVDIMM support (default=off)\n"
Tao Xu244b3f42019-12-13 09:19:22 +080037 " memory-encryption=@var{} memory encryption object to use (default=none)\n"
Igor Mammedov8db0b202021-01-21 11:15:04 -050038 " hmat=on|off controls ACPI HMAT support (default=off)\n"
Jonathan Cameron03b39fc2022-06-08 15:54:33 +010039 " memory-backend='backend-id' specifies explicitly provided backend for main RAM (default=none)\n"
Cédric Le Goater57702892022-11-07 17:13:48 +010040 " cxl-fmw.0.targets.0=firsttarget,cxl-fmw.0.targets.1=secondtarget,cxl-fmw.0.size=size[,cxl-fmw.0.interleave-granularity=granularity]\n",
Jan Kiszka80f52a62011-07-23 12:39:46 +020041 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +000042SRST
43``-machine [type=]name[,prop=value[,...]]``
44 Select the emulated machine by name. Use ``-machine help`` to list
45 available machines.
46
47 For architectures which aim to support live migration compatibility
48 across releases, each release will introduce a new versioned machine
49 type. For example, the 2.8.0 release introduced machine types
50 "pc-i440fx-2.8" and "pc-q35-2.8" for the x86\_64/i686 architectures.
51
52 To allow live migration of guests from QEMU version 2.8.0, to QEMU
53 version 2.9.0, the 2.9.0 version must support the "pc-i440fx-2.8"
54 and "pc-q35-2.8" machines too. To allow users live migrating VMs to
55 skip multiple intermediate releases when upgrading, new releases of
56 QEMU will support machine types from many previous versions.
57
58 Supported machine properties are:
59
60 ``accel=accels1[:accels2[:...]]``
61 This is used to enable an accelerator. Depending on the target
Reinoud Zandijk74a414a2021-04-02 22:25:32 +020062 architecture, kvm, xen, hax, hvf, nvmm, whpx or tcg can be available.
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +000063 By default, tcg is used. If there is more than one accelerator
64 specified, the next one is used if the previous one fails to
65 initialize.
66
67 ``vmport=on|off|auto``
68 Enables emulation of VMWare IO port, for vmmouse etc. auto says
69 to select the value based on accel. For accel=xen the default is
70 off otherwise the default is on.
71
72 ``dump-guest-core=on|off``
73 Include guest memory in a core dump. The default is on.
74
75 ``mem-merge=on|off``
76 Enables or disables memory merge support. This feature, when
77 supported by the host, de-duplicates identical memory pages
78 among VMs instances (enabled by default).
79
80 ``aes-key-wrap=on|off``
81 Enables or disables AES key wrapping support on s390-ccw hosts.
82 This feature controls whether AES wrapping keys will be created
83 to allow execution of AES cryptographic functions. The default
84 is on.
85
86 ``dea-key-wrap=on|off``
87 Enables or disables DEA key wrapping support on s390-ccw hosts.
88 This feature controls whether DEA wrapping keys will be created
89 to allow execution of DEA cryptographic functions. The default
90 is on.
91
92 ``nvdimm=on|off``
93 Enables or disables NVDIMM support. The default is off.
94
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +000095 ``memory-encryption=``
96 Memory encryption object to use. The default is none.
97
98 ``hmat=on|off``
99 Enables or disables ACPI Heterogeneous Memory Attribute Table
100 (HMAT) support. The default is off.
Igor Mammedov8db0b202021-01-21 11:15:04 -0500101
Peter Maydell95355822021-07-19 11:52:57 +0100102 ``memory-backend='id'``
Igor Mammedov8db0b202021-01-21 11:15:04 -0500103 An alternative to legacy ``-mem-path`` and ``mem-prealloc`` options.
104 Allows to use a memory backend as main RAM.
105
106 For example:
107 ::
Peter Maydell95355822021-07-19 11:52:57 +0100108
109 -object memory-backend-file,id=pc.ram,size=512M,mem-path=/hugetlbfs,prealloc=on,share=on
110 -machine memory-backend=pc.ram
111 -m 512M
Igor Mammedov8db0b202021-01-21 11:15:04 -0500112
113 Migration compatibility note:
Peter Maydell95355822021-07-19 11:52:57 +0100114
115 * as backend id one shall use value of 'default-ram-id', advertised by
116 machine type (available via ``query-machines`` QMP command), if migration
117 to/from old QEMU (<5.0) is expected.
118 * for machine types 4.0 and older, user shall
119 use ``x-use-canonical-path-for-ramblock-id=off`` backend option
120 if migration to/from old QEMU (<5.0) is expected.
121
Igor Mammedov8db0b202021-01-21 11:15:04 -0500122 For example:
123 ::
Peter Maydell95355822021-07-19 11:52:57 +0100124
125 -object memory-backend-ram,id=pc.ram,size=512M,x-use-canonical-path-for-ramblock-id=off
126 -machine memory-backend=pc.ram
127 -m 512M
Jonathan Cameron03b39fc2022-06-08 15:54:33 +0100128
129 ``cxl-fmw.0.targets.0=firsttarget,cxl-fmw.0.targets.1=secondtarget,cxl-fmw.0.size=size[,cxl-fmw.0.interleave-granularity=granularity]``
130 Define a CXL Fixed Memory Window (CFMW).
131
132 Described in the CXL 2.0 ECN: CEDT CFMWS & QTG _DSM.
133
134 They are regions of Host Physical Addresses (HPA) on a system which
135 may be interleaved across one or more CXL host bridges. The system
136 software will assign particular devices into these windows and
137 configure the downstream Host-managed Device Memory (HDM) decoders
138 in root ports, switch ports and devices appropriately to meet the
139 interleave requirements before enabling the memory devices.
140
141 ``targets.X=target`` provides the mapping to CXL host bridges
Stefan Weil2cb40d42022-11-10 20:08:25 +0100142 which may be identified by the id provided in the -device entry.
Jonathan Cameron03b39fc2022-06-08 15:54:33 +0100143 Multiple entries are needed to specify all the targets when
144 the fixed memory window represents interleaved memory. X is the
145 target index from 0.
146
147 ``size=size`` sets the size of the CFMW. This must be a multiple of
148 256MiB. The region will be aligned to 256MiB but the location is
149 platform and configuration dependent.
150
151 ``interleave-granularity=granularity`` sets the granularity of
152 interleave. Default 256KiB. Only 256KiB, 512KiB, 1024KiB, 2048KiB
153 4096KiB, 8192KiB and 16384KiB granularities supported.
154
155 Example:
156
157 ::
158
159 -machine cxl-fmw.0.targets.0=cxl.0,cxl-fmw.0.targets.1=cxl.1,cxl-fmw.0.size=128G,cxl-fmw.0.interleave-granularity=512k
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +0000160ERST
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +0000161
Sean Christophersondfce81f2021-09-28 10:40:58 +0200162DEF("M", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_M,
Yang Zhong11058122021-11-01 12:20:05 -0400163 " sgx-epc.0.memdev=memid,sgx-epc.0.node=numaid\n",
Sean Christophersondfce81f2021-09-28 10:40:58 +0200164 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
165
166SRST
Yang Zhong11058122021-11-01 12:20:05 -0400167``sgx-epc.0.memdev=@var{memid},sgx-epc.0.node=@var{numaid}``
Sean Christophersondfce81f2021-09-28 10:40:58 +0200168 Define an SGX EPC section.
169ERST
Jan Kiszka80f52a62011-07-23 12:39:46 +0200170
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +0000171DEF("cpu", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_cpu,
Peter Maydell585f6032012-10-04 16:22:01 +0100172 "-cpu cpu select CPU ('-cpu help' for list)\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +0000173SRST
174``-cpu model``
175 Select CPU model (``-cpu help`` for list and additional feature
176 selection)
177ERST
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +0000178
KONRAD Frederic8d4e9142017-02-23 18:29:08 +0000179DEF("accel", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_accel,
Paolo Bonzinife174132019-11-13 15:16:44 +0100180 "-accel [accel=]accelerator[,prop[=value][,...]]\n"
Reinoud Zandijk74a414a2021-04-02 22:25:32 +0200181 " select accelerator (kvm, xen, hax, hvf, nvmm, whpx or tcg; use 'help' for a list)\n"
Paolo Bonzini46472d82019-11-13 10:56:53 +0100182 " igd-passthru=on|off (enable Xen integrated Intel graphics passthrough, default=off)\n"
Paolo Bonzini11bc4a12019-11-13 10:56:53 +0100183 " kernel-irqchip=on|off|split controls accelerated irqchip support (default=on)\n"
Paolo Bonzini23b08982019-11-13 10:56:53 +0100184 " kvm-shadow-mem=size of KVM shadow MMU in bytes\n"
Peter Maydell3cfb0452023-04-17 17:40:32 +0100185 " one-insn-per-tb=on|off (one guest instruction per TCG translation block)\n"
Richard Hendersona35b3e12020-10-28 20:50:29 -0700186 " split-wx=on|off (enable TCG split w^x mapping)\n"
Paolo Bonzinife174132019-11-13 15:16:44 +0100187 " tb-size=n (TCG translation block cache size)\n"
Peter Xu2ea5cb02021-05-06 12:05:47 -0400188 " dirty-ring-size=n (KVM dirty ring GFN count, default 0)\n"
Chenyi Qiange2e69f62022-09-29 15:20:14 +0800189 " notify-vmexit=run|internal-error|disable,notify-window=n (enable notify VM exit and set notify window, x86 only)\n"
Eduardo Habkost0b3c5c82018-06-11 16:56:07 -0300190 " thread=single|multi (enable multi-threaded TCG)\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +0000191SRST
192``-accel name[,prop=value[,...]]``
193 This is used to enable an accelerator. Depending on the target
Reinoud Zandijk74a414a2021-04-02 22:25:32 +0200194 architecture, kvm, xen, hax, hvf, nvmm, whpx or tcg can be available. By
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +0000195 default, tcg is used. If there is more than one accelerator
196 specified, the next one is used if the previous one fails to
197 initialize.
198
199 ``igd-passthru=on|off``
200 When Xen is in use, this option controls whether Intel
201 integrated graphics devices can be passed through to the guest
202 (default=off)
203
204 ``kernel-irqchip=on|off|split``
205 Controls KVM in-kernel irqchip support. The default is full
206 acceleration of the interrupt controllers. On x86, split irqchip
207 reduces the kernel attack surface, at a performance cost for
208 non-MSI interrupts. Disabling the in-kernel irqchip completely
209 is not recommended except for debugging purposes.
210
211 ``kvm-shadow-mem=size``
212 Defines the size of the KVM shadow MMU.
213
Peter Maydell3cfb0452023-04-17 17:40:32 +0100214 ``one-insn-per-tb=on|off``
215 Makes the TCG accelerator put only one guest instruction into
216 each translation block. This slows down emulation a lot, but
217 can be useful in some situations, such as when trying to analyse
218 the logs produced by the ``-d`` option.
219
Richard Hendersona35b3e12020-10-28 20:50:29 -0700220 ``split-wx=on|off``
221 Controls the use of split w^x mapping for the TCG code generation
222 buffer. Some operating systems require this to be enabled, and in
223 such a case this will default on. On other operating systems, this
224 will default off, but one may enable this for testing or debugging.
225
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +0000226 ``tb-size=n``
227 Controls the size (in MiB) of the TCG translation block cache.
228
229 ``thread=single|multi``
230 Controls number of TCG threads. When the TCG is multi-threaded
Michael Tokarevcba42d62021-03-09 14:15:10 +0300231 there will be one thread per vCPU therefore taking advantage of
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +0000232 additional host cores. The default is to enable multi-threading
233 where both the back-end and front-ends support it and no
234 incompatible TCG features have been enabled (e.g.
235 icount/replay).
Peter Xu2ea5cb02021-05-06 12:05:47 -0400236
237 ``dirty-ring-size=n``
238 When the KVM accelerator is used, it controls the size of the per-vCPU
239 dirty page ring buffer (number of entries for each vCPU). It should
240 be a value that is power of two, and it should be 1024 or bigger (but
241 still less than the maximum value that the kernel supports). 4096
242 could be a good initial value if you have no idea which is the best.
243 Set this value to 0 to disable the feature. By default, this feature
244 is disabled (dirty-ring-size=0). When enabled, KVM will instead
245 record dirty pages in a bitmap.
246
Chenyi Qiange2e69f62022-09-29 15:20:14 +0800247 ``notify-vmexit=run|internal-error|disable,notify-window=n``
248 Enables or disables notify VM exit support on x86 host and specify
249 the corresponding notify window to trigger the VM exit if enabled.
250 ``run`` option enables the feature. It does nothing and continue
251 if the exit happens. ``internal-error`` option enables the feature.
252 It raises a internal error. ``disable`` option doesn't enable the feature.
253 This feature can mitigate the CPU stuck issue due to event windows don't
254 open up for a specified of time (i.e. notify-window).
255 Default: notify-vmexit=run,notify-window=0.
256
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +0000257ERST
KONRAD Frederic8d4e9142017-02-23 18:29:08 +0000258
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +0000259DEF("smp", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_smp,
Yanan Wang864c3b52021-12-28 17:22:09 +0800260 "-smp [[cpus=]n][,maxcpus=maxcpus][,sockets=sockets][,dies=dies][,clusters=clusters][,cores=cores][,threads=threads]\n"
Yanan Wang0d871782021-12-28 17:22:08 +0800261 " set the number of initial CPUs to 'n' [default=1]\n"
Daniel P. Berrangéce8ee7c2021-06-22 15:30:43 +0100262 " maxcpus= maximum number of total CPUs, including\n"
Bruce Rogersca1a8a02010-01-06 12:33:57 -0700263 " offline CPUs for hotplug, etc\n"
Yanan Wang0d871782021-12-28 17:22:08 +0800264 " sockets= number of sockets on the machine board\n"
265 " dies= number of dies in one socket\n"
Yanan Wang864c3b52021-12-28 17:22:09 +0800266 " clusters= number of clusters in one die\n"
267 " cores= number of cores in one cluster\n"
Yanan Wang0d871782021-12-28 17:22:08 +0800268 " threads= number of threads in one core\n"
269 "Note: Different machines may have different subsets of the CPU topology\n"
270 " parameters supported, so the actual meaning of the supported parameters\n"
271 " will vary accordingly. For example, for a machine type that supports a\n"
272 " three-level CPU hierarchy of sockets/cores/threads, the parameters will\n"
273 " sequentially mean as below:\n"
274 " sockets means the number of sockets on the machine board\n"
275 " cores means the number of cores in one socket\n"
276 " threads means the number of threads in one core\n"
277 " For a particular machine type board, an expected CPU topology hierarchy\n"
278 " can be defined through the supported sub-option. Unsupported parameters\n"
279 " can also be provided in addition to the sub-option, but their values\n"
280 " must be set as 1 in the purpose of correct parsing.\n",
281 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +0000282SRST
Yanan Wang864c3b52021-12-28 17:22:09 +0800283``-smp [[cpus=]n][,maxcpus=maxcpus][,sockets=sockets][,dies=dies][,clusters=clusters][,cores=cores][,threads=threads]``
Daniel P. Berrangé80d78352021-06-22 16:17:09 +0100284 Simulate a SMP system with '\ ``n``\ ' CPUs initially present on
285 the machine type board. On boards supporting CPU hotplug, the optional
286 '\ ``maxcpus``\ ' parameter can be set to enable further CPUs to be
Yanan Wang7d8c5a32021-09-29 10:58:05 +0800287 added at runtime. When both parameters are omitted, the maximum number
288 of CPUs will be calculated from the provided topology members and the
289 initial CPU count will match the maximum number. When only one of them
290 is given then the omitted one will be set to its counterpart's value.
291 Both parameters may be specified, but the maximum number of CPUs must
Yanan Wang0d871782021-12-28 17:22:08 +0800292 be equal to or greater than the initial CPU count. Product of the
293 CPU topology hierarchy must be equal to the maximum number of CPUs.
294 Both parameters are subject to an upper limit that is determined by
295 the specific machine type chosen.
Daniel P. Berrangé80d78352021-06-22 16:17:09 +0100296
Yanan Wang0d871782021-12-28 17:22:08 +0800297 To control reporting of CPU topology information, values of the topology
298 parameters can be specified. Machines may only support a subset of the
299 parameters and different machines may have different subsets supported
300 which vary depending on capacity of the corresponding CPU targets. So
301 for a particular machine type board, an expected topology hierarchy can
302 be defined through the supported sub-option. Unsupported parameters can
303 also be provided in addition to the sub-option, but their values must be
304 set as 1 in the purpose of correct parsing.
Daniel P. Berrangé80d78352021-06-22 16:17:09 +0100305
306 Either the initial CPU count, or at least one of the topology parameters
Yanan Wangc2511b12021-09-29 10:58:02 +0800307 must be specified. The specified parameters must be greater than zero,
308 explicit configuration like "cpus=0" is not allowed. Values for any
309 omitted parameters will be computed from those which are given.
Yanan Wang0d871782021-12-28 17:22:08 +0800310
311 For example, the following sub-option defines a CPU topology hierarchy
312 (2 sockets totally on the machine, 2 cores per socket, 2 threads per
313 core) for a machine that only supports sockets/cores/threads.
314 Some members of the option can be omitted but their values will be
315 automatically computed:
316
317 ::
318
319 -smp 8,sockets=2,cores=2,threads=2,maxcpus=8
320
321 The following sub-option defines a CPU topology hierarchy (2 sockets
322 totally on the machine, 2 dies per socket, 2 cores per die, 2 threads
323 per core) for PC machines which support sockets/dies/cores/threads.
324 Some members of the option can be omitted but their values will be
325 automatically computed:
326
327 ::
328
329 -smp 16,sockets=2,dies=2,cores=2,threads=2,maxcpus=16
330
Yanan Wangd55c3162022-01-07 16:32:27 +0800331 The following sub-option defines a CPU topology hierarchy (2 sockets
332 totally on the machine, 2 clusters per socket, 2 cores per cluster,
333 2 threads per core) for ARM virt machines which support sockets/clusters
334 /cores/threads. Some members of the option can be omitted but their values
335 will be automatically computed:
336
337 ::
338
339 -smp 16,sockets=2,clusters=2,cores=2,threads=2,maxcpus=16
340
Yanan Wangc2511b12021-09-29 10:58:02 +0800341 Historically preference was given to the coarsest topology parameters
342 when computing missing values (ie sockets preferred over cores, which
343 were preferred over threads), however, this behaviour is considered
Yanan Wang4a0af292021-09-29 10:58:09 +0800344 liable to change. Prior to 6.2 the preference was sockets over cores
345 over threads. Since 6.2 the preference is cores over sockets over threads.
Yanan Wang0d871782021-12-28 17:22:08 +0800346
347 For example, the following option defines a machine board with 2 sockets
348 of 1 core before 6.2 and 1 socket of 2 cores after 6.2:
349
350 ::
351
352 -smp 2
Yicong Yang97f4eff2022-12-29 14:55:09 +0800353
354 Note: The cluster topology will only be generated in ACPI and exposed
355 to guest if it's explicitly specified in -smp.
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +0000356ERST
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +0000357
aliguori268a3622009-04-21 22:30:27 +0000358DEF("numa", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_numa,
Tao Xu244b3f42019-12-13 09:19:22 +0800359 "-numa node[,mem=size][,cpus=firstcpu[-lastcpu]][,nodeid=node][,initiator=node]\n"
360 "-numa node[,memdev=id][,cpus=firstcpu[-lastcpu]][,nodeid=node][,initiator=node]\n"
Igor Mammedov2d19c652017-11-28 15:53:58 +0100361 "-numa dist,src=source,dst=destination,val=distance\n"
Liu Jingqi9b12dfa2019-12-13 09:19:23 +0800362 "-numa cpu,node-id=node[,socket-id=x][,core-id=y][,thread-id=z]\n"
Liu Jingqic412a482019-12-13 09:19:24 +0800363 "-numa hmat-lb,initiator=node,target=node,hierarchy=memory|first-level|second-level|third-level,data-type=access-latency|read-latency|write-latency[,latency=lat][,bandwidth=bw]\n"
364 "-numa hmat-cache,node-id=node,size=size,level=level[,associativity=none|direct|complex][,policy=none|write-back|write-through][,line=size]\n",
Igor Mammedov2d19c652017-11-28 15:53:58 +0100365 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +0000366SRST
Peter Maydell09ce5f22020-02-28 15:36:13 +0000367``-numa node[,mem=size][,cpus=firstcpu[-lastcpu]][,nodeid=node][,initiator=initiator]``
368 \
369``-numa node[,memdev=id][,cpus=firstcpu[-lastcpu]][,nodeid=node][,initiator=initiator]``
370 \
371``-numa dist,src=source,dst=destination,val=distance``
372 \
373``-numa cpu,node-id=node[,socket-id=x][,core-id=y][,thread-id=z]``
374 \
Stefan Weil2cb40d42022-11-10 20:08:25 +0100375``-numa hmat-lb,initiator=node,target=node,hierarchy=hierarchy,data-type=type[,latency=lat][,bandwidth=bw]``
Peter Maydell09ce5f22020-02-28 15:36:13 +0000376 \
377``-numa hmat-cache,node-id=node,size=size,level=level[,associativity=str][,policy=str][,line=size]``
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +0000378 Define a NUMA node and assign RAM and VCPUs to it. Set the NUMA
379 distance from a source node to a destination node. Set the ACPI
380 Heterogeneous Memory Attributes for the given nodes.
381
382 Legacy VCPU assignment uses '\ ``cpus``\ ' option where firstcpu and
383 lastcpu are CPU indexes. Each '\ ``cpus``\ ' option represent a
384 contiguous range of CPU indexes (or a single VCPU if lastcpu is
385 omitted). A non-contiguous set of VCPUs can be represented by
386 providing multiple '\ ``cpus``\ ' options. If '\ ``cpus``\ ' is
387 omitted on all nodes, VCPUs are automatically split between them.
388
389 For example, the following option assigns VCPUs 0, 1, 2 and 5 to a
390 NUMA node:
391
392 ::
393
394 -numa node,cpus=0-2,cpus=5
395
396 '\ ``cpu``\ ' option is a new alternative to '\ ``cpus``\ ' option
397 which uses '\ ``socket-id|core-id|thread-id``\ ' properties to
398 assign CPU objects to a node using topology layout properties of
399 CPU. The set of properties is machine specific, and depends on used
400 machine type/'\ ``smp``\ ' options. It could be queried with
401 '\ ``hotpluggable-cpus``\ ' monitor command. '\ ``node-id``\ '
402 property specifies node to which CPU object will be assigned, it's
403 required for node to be declared with '\ ``node``\ ' option before
404 it's used with '\ ``cpu``\ ' option.
405
406 For example:
407
408 ::
409
410 -M pc \
411 -smp 1,sockets=2,maxcpus=2 \
412 -numa node,nodeid=0 -numa node,nodeid=1 \
413 -numa cpu,node-id=0,socket-id=0 -numa cpu,node-id=1,socket-id=1
414
Yohei Kojima4f513982023-04-24 10:22:45 +0100415 '\ ``memdev``\ ' option assigns RAM from a given memory backend
416 device to a node. It is recommended to use '\ ``memdev``\ ' option
417 over legacy '\ ``mem``\ ' option. This is because '\ ``memdev``\ '
418 option provides better performance and more control over the
419 backend's RAM (e.g. '\ ``prealloc``\ ' parameter of
420 '\ ``-memory-backend-ram``\ ' allows memory preallocation).
Igor Mammedov32a354d2020-06-09 09:56:35 -0400421
Yohei Kojima4f513982023-04-24 10:22:45 +0100422 For compatibility reasons, legacy '\ ``mem``\ ' option is
423 supported in 5.0 and older machine types. Note that '\ ``mem``\ '
424 and '\ ``memdev``\ ' are mutually exclusive. If one node uses
425 '\ ``memdev``\ ', the rest nodes have to use '\ ``memdev``\ '
426 option, and vice versa.
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +0000427
Yohei Kojima4f513982023-04-24 10:22:45 +0100428 Users must specify memory for all NUMA nodes by '\ ``memdev``\ '
429 (or legacy '\ ``mem``\ ' if available). In QEMU 5.2, the support
430 for '\ ``-numa node``\ ' without memory specified was removed.
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +0000431
432 '\ ``initiator``\ ' is an additional option that points to an
433 initiator NUMA node that has best performance (the lowest latency or
434 largest bandwidth) to this NUMA node. Note that this option can be
435 set only when the machine property 'hmat' is set to 'on'.
436
437 Following example creates a machine with 2 NUMA nodes, node 0 has
438 CPU. node 1 has only memory, and its initiator is node 0. Note that
439 because node 0 has CPU, by default the initiator of node 0 is itself
440 and must be itself.
441
442 ::
443
444 -machine hmat=on \
445 -m 2G,slots=2,maxmem=4G \
446 -object memory-backend-ram,size=1G,id=m0 \
447 -object memory-backend-ram,size=1G,id=m1 \
448 -numa node,nodeid=0,memdev=m0 \
449 -numa node,nodeid=1,memdev=m1,initiator=0 \
450 -smp 2,sockets=2,maxcpus=2 \
451 -numa cpu,node-id=0,socket-id=0 \
452 -numa cpu,node-id=0,socket-id=1
453
454 source and destination are NUMA node IDs. distance is the NUMA
455 distance from source to destination. The distance from a node to
456 itself is always 10. If any pair of nodes is given a distance, then
457 all pairs must be given distances. Although, when distances are only
458 given in one direction for each pair of nodes, then the distances in
459 the opposite directions are assumed to be the same. If, however, an
460 asymmetrical pair of distances is given for even one node pair, then
461 all node pairs must be provided distance values for both directions,
462 even when they are symmetrical. When a node is unreachable from
463 another node, set the pair's distance to 255.
464
465 Note that the -``numa`` option doesn't allocate any of the specified
466 resources, it just assigns existing resources to NUMA nodes. This
467 means that one still has to use the ``-m``, ``-smp`` options to
468 allocate RAM and VCPUs respectively.
469
470 Use '\ ``hmat-lb``\ ' to set System Locality Latency and Bandwidth
471 Information between initiator and target NUMA nodes in ACPI
472 Heterogeneous Attribute Memory Table (HMAT). Initiator NUMA node can
473 create memory requests, usually it has one or more processors.
474 Target NUMA node contains addressable memory.
475
476 In '\ ``hmat-lb``\ ' option, node are NUMA node IDs. hierarchy is
477 the memory hierarchy of the target NUMA node: if hierarchy is
478 'memory', the structure represents the memory performance; if
479 hierarchy is 'first-level\|second-level\|third-level', this
480 structure represents aggregated performance of memory side caches
481 for each domain. type of 'data-type' is type of data represented by
482 this structure instance: if 'hierarchy' is 'memory', 'data-type' is
483 'access\|read\|write' latency or 'access\|read\|write' bandwidth of
484 the target memory; if 'hierarchy' is
485 'first-level\|second-level\|third-level', 'data-type' is
486 'access\|read\|write' hit latency or 'access\|read\|write' hit
487 bandwidth of the target memory side cache.
488
489 lat is latency value in nanoseconds. bw is bandwidth value, the
490 possible value and units are NUM[M\|G\|T], mean that the bandwidth
491 value are NUM byte per second (or MB/s, GB/s or TB/s depending on
492 used suffix). Note that if latency or bandwidth value is 0, means
493 the corresponding latency or bandwidth information is not provided.
494
495 In '\ ``hmat-cache``\ ' option, node-id is the NUMA-id of the memory
496 belongs. size is the size of memory side cache in bytes. level is
497 the cache level described in this structure, note that the cache
498 level 0 should not be used with '\ ``hmat-cache``\ ' option.
499 associativity is the cache associativity, the possible value is
500 'none/direct(direct-mapped)/complex(complex cache indexing)'. policy
501 is the write policy. line is the cache Line size in bytes.
502
503 For example, the following options describe 2 NUMA nodes. Node 0 has
504 2 cpus and a ram, node 1 has only a ram. The processors in node 0
505 access memory in node 0 with access-latency 5 nanoseconds,
506 access-bandwidth is 200 MB/s; The processors in NUMA node 0 access
507 memory in NUMA node 1 with access-latency 10 nanoseconds,
508 access-bandwidth is 100 MB/s. And for memory side cache information,
509 NUMA node 0 and 1 both have 1 level memory cache, size is 10KB,
510 policy is write-back, the cache Line size is 8 bytes:
511
512 ::
513
514 -machine hmat=on \
515 -m 2G \
516 -object memory-backend-ram,size=1G,id=m0 \
517 -object memory-backend-ram,size=1G,id=m1 \
Yanan Wang848dd262021-09-28 20:11:34 +0800518 -smp 2,sockets=2,maxcpus=2 \
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +0000519 -numa node,nodeid=0,memdev=m0 \
520 -numa node,nodeid=1,memdev=m1,initiator=0 \
521 -numa cpu,node-id=0,socket-id=0 \
522 -numa cpu,node-id=0,socket-id=1 \
523 -numa hmat-lb,initiator=0,target=0,hierarchy=memory,data-type=access-latency,latency=5 \
524 -numa hmat-lb,initiator=0,target=0,hierarchy=memory,data-type=access-bandwidth,bandwidth=200M \
525 -numa hmat-lb,initiator=0,target=1,hierarchy=memory,data-type=access-latency,latency=10 \
526 -numa hmat-lb,initiator=0,target=1,hierarchy=memory,data-type=access-bandwidth,bandwidth=100M \
527 -numa hmat-cache,node-id=0,size=10K,level=1,associativity=direct,policy=write-back,line=8 \
528 -numa hmat-cache,node-id=1,size=10K,level=1,associativity=direct,policy=write-back,line=8
529ERST
aliguori268a3622009-04-21 22:30:27 +0000530
Markus Armbruster10adb8b2013-02-13 19:49:43 +0100531DEF("add-fd", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_add_fd,
532 "-add-fd fd=fd,set=set[,opaque=opaque]\n"
533 " Add 'fd' to fd 'set'\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +0000534SRST
535``-add-fd fd=fd,set=set[,opaque=opaque]``
536 Add a file descriptor to an fd set. Valid options are:
537
538 ``fd=fd``
539 This option defines the file descriptor of which a duplicate is
540 added to fd set. The file descriptor cannot be stdin, stdout, or
541 stderr.
542
543 ``set=set``
544 This option defines the ID of the fd set to add the file
545 descriptor to.
546
547 ``opaque=opaque``
548 This option defines a free-form string that can be used to
549 describe fd.
550
551 You can open an image using pre-opened file descriptors from an fd
552 set:
553
554 .. parsed-literal::
555
Laszlo Ersek353a06b2020-09-08 19:21:11 +0200556 |qemu_system| \\
557 -add-fd fd=3,set=2,opaque="rdwr:/path/to/file" \\
558 -add-fd fd=4,set=2,opaque="rdonly:/path/to/file" \\
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +0000559 -drive file=/dev/fdset/2,index=0,media=disk
560ERST
Markus Armbruster10adb8b2013-02-13 19:49:43 +0100561
562DEF("set", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_set,
563 "-set group.id.arg=value\n"
564 " set <arg> parameter for item <id> of type <group>\n"
565 " i.e. -set drive.$id.file=/path/to/image\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +0000566SRST
567``-set group.id.arg=value``
568 Set parameter arg for item id of type group
569ERST
Markus Armbruster10adb8b2013-02-13 19:49:43 +0100570
571DEF("global", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_global,
Paolo Bonzini3751d7c2015-04-09 14:16:19 +0200572 "-global driver.property=value\n"
573 "-global driver=driver,property=property,value=value\n"
Markus Armbruster10adb8b2013-02-13 19:49:43 +0100574 " set a global default for a driver property\n",
575 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +0000576SRST
Peter Maydell09ce5f22020-02-28 15:36:13 +0000577``-global driver.prop=value``
578 \
579``-global driver=driver,property=property,value=value``
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +0000580 Set default value of driver's property prop to value, e.g.:
581
582 .. parsed-literal::
583
584 |qemu_system_x86| -global ide-hd.physical_block_size=4096 disk-image.img
585
586 In particular, you can use this to set driver properties for devices
587 which are created automatically by the machine model. To create a
588 device which is not created automatically and set properties on it,
589 use -``device``.
590
591 -global driver.prop=value is shorthand for -global
592 driver=driver,property=prop,value=value. The longhand syntax works
593 even when driver contains a dot.
594ERST
Markus Armbruster10adb8b2013-02-13 19:49:43 +0100595
596DEF("boot", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_boot,
597 "-boot [order=drives][,once=drives][,menu=on|off]\n"
Amos Kongc8a6ae82013-03-19 14:23:27 +0800598 " [,splash=sp_name][,splash-time=sp_time][,reboot-timeout=rb_time][,strict=on|off]\n"
Markus Armbruster10adb8b2013-02-13 19:49:43 +0100599 " 'drives': floppy (a), hard disk (c), CD-ROM (d), network (n)\n"
600 " 'sp_name': the file's name that would be passed to bios as logo picture, if menu=on\n"
601 " 'sp_time': the period that splash picture last if menu=on, unit is ms\n"
602 " 'rb_timeout': the timeout before guest reboot when boot failed, unit is ms\n",
603 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +0000604SRST
605``-boot [order=drives][,once=drives][,menu=on|off][,splash=sp_name][,splash-time=sp_time][,reboot-timeout=rb_timeout][,strict=on|off]``
606 Specify boot order drives as a string of drive letters. Valid drive
607 letters depend on the target architecture. The x86 PC uses: a, b
608 (floppy 1 and 2), c (first hard disk), d (first CD-ROM), n-p
609 (Etherboot from network adapter 1-4), hard disk boot is the default.
610 To apply a particular boot order only on the first startup, specify
611 it via ``once``. Note that the ``order`` or ``once`` parameter
612 should not be used together with the ``bootindex`` property of
613 devices, since the firmware implementations normally do not support
614 both at the same time.
615
616 Interactive boot menus/prompts can be enabled via ``menu=on`` as far
617 as firmware/BIOS supports them. The default is non-interactive boot.
618
619 A splash picture could be passed to bios, enabling user to show it
620 as logo, when option splash=sp\_name is given and menu=on, If
621 firmware/BIOS supports them. Currently Seabios for X86 system
622 support it. limitation: The splash file could be a jpeg file or a
623 BMP file in 24 BPP format(true color). The resolution should be
624 supported by the SVGA mode, so the recommended is 320x240, 640x480,
625 800x640.
626
627 A timeout could be passed to bios, guest will pause for rb\_timeout
628 ms when boot failed, then reboot. If rb\_timeout is '-1', guest will
629 not reboot, qemu passes '-1' to bios by default. Currently Seabios
630 for X86 system support it.
631
632 Do strict boot via ``strict=on`` as far as firmware/BIOS supports
633 it. This only effects when boot priority is changed by bootindex
634 options. The default is non-strict boot.
635
Peter Maydell09ce5f22020-02-28 15:36:13 +0000636 .. parsed-literal::
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +0000637
638 # try to boot from network first, then from hard disk
639 |qemu_system_x86| -boot order=nc
640 # boot from CD-ROM first, switch back to default order after reboot
641 |qemu_system_x86| -boot once=d
642 # boot with a splash picture for 5 seconds.
643 |qemu_system_x86| -boot menu=on,splash=/root/boot.bmp,splash-time=5000
644
645 Note: The legacy format '-boot drives' is still supported but its
646 use is discouraged as it may be removed from future versions.
647ERST
Markus Armbruster10adb8b2013-02-13 19:49:43 +0100648
649DEF("m", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_m,
Michael Tokarev89f3ea22016-11-10 17:51:32 +0300650 "-m [size=]megs[,slots=n,maxmem=size]\n"
Igor Mammedov6e1d3c12013-11-27 01:27:35 +0100651 " configure guest RAM\n"
Alexander Graf0daba1f2015-06-05 11:05:03 +0200652 " size: initial amount of guest memory\n"
Igor Mammedovc270fb92014-06-02 15:25:02 +0200653 " slots: number of hotplug slots (default: none)\n"
Matthew Rosatob6fe0122014-08-28 11:25:33 -0400654 " maxmem: maximum amount of guest memory (default: none)\n"
655 "NOTE: Some architectures might enforce a specific granularity\n",
Igor Mammedov6e1d3c12013-11-27 01:27:35 +0100656 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +0000657SRST
658``-m [size=]megs[,slots=n,maxmem=size]``
659 Sets guest startup RAM size to megs megabytes. Default is 128 MiB.
660 Optionally, a suffix of "M" or "G" can be used to signify a value in
661 megabytes or gigabytes respectively. Optional pair slots, maxmem
662 could be used to set amount of hotpluggable memory slots and maximum
663 amount of memory. Note that maxmem must be aligned to the page size.
664
665 For example, the following command-line sets the guest startup RAM
666 size to 1GB, creates 3 slots to hotplug additional memory and sets
667 the maximum memory the guest can reach to 4GB:
668
669 .. parsed-literal::
670
671 |qemu_system| -m 1G,slots=3,maxmem=4G
672
673 If slots and maxmem are not specified, memory hotplug won't be
674 enabled and the guest startup RAM will never increase.
675ERST
Markus Armbruster10adb8b2013-02-13 19:49:43 +0100676
677DEF("mem-path", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_mempath,
678 "-mem-path FILE provide backing storage for guest RAM\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +0000679SRST
680``-mem-path path``
681 Allocate guest RAM from a temporarily created file in path.
682ERST
Markus Armbruster10adb8b2013-02-13 19:49:43 +0100683
Markus Armbruster10adb8b2013-02-13 19:49:43 +0100684DEF("mem-prealloc", 0, QEMU_OPTION_mem_prealloc,
685 "-mem-prealloc preallocate guest memory (use with -mem-path)\n",
686 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +0000687SRST
688``-mem-prealloc``
689 Preallocate memory when using -mem-path.
690ERST
Markus Armbruster10adb8b2013-02-13 19:49:43 +0100691
692DEF("k", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_k,
693 "-k language use keyboard layout (for example 'fr' for French)\n",
694 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +0000695SRST
696``-k language``
697 Use keyboard layout language (for example ``fr`` for French). This
698 option is only needed where it is not easy to get raw PC keycodes
699 (e.g. on Macs, with some X11 servers or with a VNC or curses
700 display). You don't normally need to use it on PC/Linux or
701 PC/Windows hosts.
702
703 The available layouts are:
704
705 ::
706
707 ar de-ch es fo fr-ca hu ja mk no pt-br sv
708 da en-gb et fr fr-ch is lt nl pl ru th
709 de en-us fi fr-be hr it lv nl-be pt sl tr
710
711 The default is ``en-us``.
712ERST
Markus Armbruster10adb8b2013-02-13 19:49:43 +0100713
714
Kővágó, Zoltánf0b3d812019-03-08 23:34:14 +0100715HXCOMM Deprecated by -audiodev
Markus Armbruster10adb8b2013-02-13 19:49:43 +0100716DEF("audio-help", 0, QEMU_OPTION_audio_help,
Kővágó, Zoltánf0b3d812019-03-08 23:34:14 +0100717 "-audio-help show -audiodev equivalent of the currently specified audio settings\n",
Markus Armbruster10adb8b2013-02-13 19:49:43 +0100718 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +0000719SRST
720``-audio-help``
721 Will show the -audiodev equivalent of the currently specified
722 (deprecated) environment variables.
723ERST
Kővágó, Zoltánf0b3d812019-03-08 23:34:14 +0100724
Paolo Bonzini039a6832022-04-27 12:27:46 +0200725DEF("audio", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_audio,
726 "-audio [driver=]driver,model=value[,prop[=value][,...]]\n"
727 " specifies the audio backend and device to use;\n"
728 " apart from 'model', options are the same as for -audiodev.\n"
729 " use '-audio model=help' to show possible devices.\n",
730 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
731SRST
732``-audio [driver=]driver,model=value[,prop[=value][,...]]``
733 This option is a shortcut for configuring both the guest audio
734 hardware and the host audio backend in one go.
Claudio Fontana5e03b6d2022-09-08 10:14:41 +0200735 The driver option is the same as with the corresponding ``-audiodev`` option below.
736 The guest hardware model can be set with ``model=modelname``.
737
738 Use ``driver=help`` to list the available drivers,
739 and ``model=help`` to list the available device types.
Paolo Bonzini039a6832022-04-27 12:27:46 +0200740
741 The following two example do exactly the same, to show how ``-audio``
742 can be used to shorten the command line length:
743
744 .. parsed-literal::
745
746 |qemu_system| -audiodev pa,id=pa -device sb16,audiodev=pa
747 |qemu_system| -audio pa,model=sb16
748ERST
749
Kővágó, Zoltánf0b3d812019-03-08 23:34:14 +0100750DEF("audiodev", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_audiodev,
751 "-audiodev [driver=]driver,id=id[,prop[=value][,...]]\n"
752 " specifies the audio backend to use\n"
Claudio Fontana5e03b6d2022-09-08 10:14:41 +0200753 " Use ``-audiodev help`` to list the available drivers\n"
Kővágó, Zoltánf0b3d812019-03-08 23:34:14 +0100754 " id= identifier of the backend\n"
755 " timer-period= timer period in microseconds\n"
Kővágó, Zoltán8efac072019-10-13 21:57:58 +0200756 " in|out.mixing-engine= use mixing engine to mix streams inside QEMU\n"
Kővágó, Zoltánf0b3d812019-03-08 23:34:14 +0100757 " in|out.fixed-settings= use fixed settings for host audio\n"
758 " in|out.frequency= frequency to use with fixed settings\n"
759 " in|out.channels= number of channels to use with fixed settings\n"
760 " in|out.format= sample format to use with fixed settings\n"
Volker Rümelin49f77e62020-03-08 20:33:21 +0100761 " valid values: s8, s16, s32, u8, u16, u32, f32\n"
Kővágó, Zoltánf0b3d812019-03-08 23:34:14 +0100762 " in|out.voices= number of voices to use\n"
Stefan Hajnoczi86247252019-09-18 10:53:33 +0100763 " in|out.buffer-length= length of buffer in microseconds\n"
Kővágó, Zoltánf0b3d812019-03-08 23:34:14 +0100764 "-audiodev none,id=id,[,prop[=value][,...]]\n"
765 " dummy driver that discards all output\n"
766#ifdef CONFIG_AUDIO_ALSA
767 "-audiodev alsa,id=id[,prop[=value][,...]]\n"
768 " in|out.dev= name of the audio device to use\n"
Stefan Hajnoczidfc54342019-09-18 10:53:35 +0100769 " in|out.period-length= length of period in microseconds\n"
Kővágó, Zoltánf0b3d812019-03-08 23:34:14 +0100770 " in|out.try-poll= attempt to use poll mode\n"
771 " threshold= threshold (in microseconds) when playback starts\n"
772#endif
773#ifdef CONFIG_AUDIO_COREAUDIO
774 "-audiodev coreaudio,id=id[,prop[=value][,...]]\n"
775 " in|out.buffer-count= number of buffers\n"
776#endif
777#ifdef CONFIG_AUDIO_DSOUND
778 "-audiodev dsound,id=id[,prop[=value][,...]]\n"
779 " latency= add extra latency to playback in microseconds\n"
780#endif
781#ifdef CONFIG_AUDIO_OSS
782 "-audiodev oss,id=id[,prop[=value][,...]]\n"
783 " in|out.dev= path of the audio device to use\n"
784 " in|out.buffer-count= number of buffers\n"
785 " in|out.try-poll= attempt to use poll mode\n"
786 " try-mmap= try using memory mapped access\n"
787 " exclusive= open device in exclusive mode\n"
788 " dsp-policy= set timing policy (0..10), -1 to use fragment mode\n"
789#endif
790#ifdef CONFIG_AUDIO_PA
791 "-audiodev pa,id=id[,prop[=value][,...]]\n"
792 " server= PulseAudio server address\n"
793 " in|out.name= source/sink device name\n"
Stefan Hajnoczi14d4f012019-10-04 13:56:41 +0100794 " in|out.latency= desired latency in microseconds\n"
Kővágó, Zoltánf0b3d812019-03-08 23:34:14 +0100795#endif
796#ifdef CONFIG_AUDIO_SDL
797 "-audiodev sdl,id=id[,prop[=value][,...]]\n"
Volker Rümelin5a0926c2021-01-10 11:02:19 +0100798 " in|out.buffer-count= number of buffers\n"
Kővágó, Zoltánf0b3d812019-03-08 23:34:14 +0100799#endif
Alexandre Ratchov663df1c2022-09-07 15:23:42 +0200800#ifdef CONFIG_AUDIO_SNDIO
801 "-audiodev sndio,id=id[,prop[=value][,...]]\n"
802#endif
Kővágó, Zoltánf0b3d812019-03-08 23:34:14 +0100803#ifdef CONFIG_SPICE
804 "-audiodev spice,id=id[,prop[=value][,...]]\n"
805#endif
Marc-André Lureau739362d2021-03-09 17:15:28 +0400806#ifdef CONFIG_DBUS_DISPLAY
807 "-audiodev dbus,id=id[,prop[=value][,...]]\n"
808#endif
Kővágó, Zoltánf0b3d812019-03-08 23:34:14 +0100809 "-audiodev wav,id=id[,prop[=value][,...]]\n"
810 " path= path of wav file to record\n",
811 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +0000812SRST
813``-audiodev [driver=]driver,id=id[,prop[=value][,...]]``
814 Adds a new audio backend driver identified by id. There are global
815 and driver specific properties. Some values can be set differently
816 for input and output, they're marked with ``in|out.``. You can set
817 the input's property with ``in.prop`` and the output's property with
818 ``out.prop``. For example:
819
820 ::
821
822 -audiodev alsa,id=example,in.frequency=44110,out.frequency=8000
823 -audiodev alsa,id=example,out.channels=1 # leaves in.channels unspecified
824
825 NOTE: parameter validation is known to be incomplete, in many cases
826 specifying an invalid option causes QEMU to print an error message
827 and continue emulation without sound.
828
829 Valid global options are:
830
831 ``id=identifier``
832 Identifies the audio backend.
833
834 ``timer-period=period``
835 Sets the timer period used by the audio subsystem in
836 microseconds. Default is 10000 (10 ms).
837
838 ``in|out.mixing-engine=on|off``
839 Use QEMU's mixing engine to mix all streams inside QEMU and
840 convert audio formats when not supported by the backend. When
841 off, fixed-settings must be off too. Note that disabling this
842 option means that the selected backend must support multiple
843 streams and the audio formats used by the virtual cards,
844 otherwise you'll get no sound. It's not recommended to disable
845 this option unless you want to use 5.1 or 7.1 audio, as mixing
846 engine only supports mono and stereo audio. Default is on.
847
848 ``in|out.fixed-settings=on|off``
849 Use fixed settings for host audio. When off, it will change
850 based on how the guest opens the sound card. In this case you
851 must not specify frequency, channels or format. Default is on.
852
853 ``in|out.frequency=frequency``
854 Specify the frequency to use when using fixed-settings. Default
855 is 44100Hz.
856
857 ``in|out.channels=channels``
858 Specify the number of channels to use when using fixed-settings.
859 Default is 2 (stereo).
860
861 ``in|out.format=format``
862 Specify the sample format to use when using fixed-settings.
863 Valid values are: ``s8``, ``s16``, ``s32``, ``u8``, ``u16``,
Volker Rümelin49f77e62020-03-08 20:33:21 +0100864 ``u32``, ``f32``. Default is ``s16``.
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +0000865
866 ``in|out.voices=voices``
867 Specify the number of voices to use. Default is 1.
868
869 ``in|out.buffer-length=usecs``
870 Sets the size of the buffer in microseconds.
871
872``-audiodev none,id=id[,prop[=value][,...]]``
873 Creates a dummy backend that discards all outputs. This backend has
874 no backend specific properties.
875
876``-audiodev alsa,id=id[,prop[=value][,...]]``
877 Creates backend using the ALSA. This backend is only available on
878 Linux.
879
880 ALSA specific options are:
881
882 ``in|out.dev=device``
883 Specify the ALSA device to use for input and/or output. Default
884 is ``default``.
885
886 ``in|out.period-length=usecs``
887 Sets the period length in microseconds.
888
889 ``in|out.try-poll=on|off``
890 Attempt to use poll mode with the device. Default is on.
891
892 ``threshold=threshold``
893 Threshold (in microseconds) when playback starts. Default is 0.
894
895``-audiodev coreaudio,id=id[,prop[=value][,...]]``
896 Creates a backend using Apple's Core Audio. This backend is only
897 available on Mac OS and only supports playback.
898
899 Core Audio specific options are:
900
901 ``in|out.buffer-count=count``
902 Sets the count of the buffers.
903
904``-audiodev dsound,id=id[,prop[=value][,...]]``
905 Creates a backend using Microsoft's DirectSound. This backend is
906 only available on Windows and only supports playback.
907
908 DirectSound specific options are:
909
910 ``latency=usecs``
911 Add extra usecs microseconds latency to playback. Default is
912 10000 (10 ms).
913
914``-audiodev oss,id=id[,prop[=value][,...]]``
915 Creates a backend using OSS. This backend is available on most
916 Unix-like systems.
917
918 OSS specific options are:
919
920 ``in|out.dev=device``
921 Specify the file name of the OSS device to use. Default is
922 ``/dev/dsp``.
923
924 ``in|out.buffer-count=count``
925 Sets the count of the buffers.
926
927 ``in|out.try-poll=on|of``
928 Attempt to use poll mode with the device. Default is on.
929
930 ``try-mmap=on|off``
931 Try using memory mapped device access. Default is off.
932
933 ``exclusive=on|off``
934 Open the device in exclusive mode (vmix won't work in this
935 case). Default is off.
936
937 ``dsp-policy=policy``
938 Sets the timing policy (between 0 and 10, where smaller number
939 means smaller latency but higher CPU usage). Use -1 to use
940 buffer sizes specified by ``buffer`` and ``buffer-count``. This
941 option is ignored if you do not have OSS 4. Default is 5.
942
943``-audiodev pa,id=id[,prop[=value][,...]]``
944 Creates a backend using PulseAudio. This backend is available on
945 most systems.
946
947 PulseAudio specific options are:
948
949 ``server=server``
950 Sets the PulseAudio server to connect to.
951
952 ``in|out.name=sink``
953 Use the specified source/sink for recording/playback.
954
955 ``in|out.latency=usecs``
956 Desired latency in microseconds. The PulseAudio server will try
957 to honor this value but actual latencies may be lower or higher.
958
959``-audiodev sdl,id=id[,prop[=value][,...]]``
960 Creates a backend using SDL. This backend is available on most
961 systems, but you should use your platform's native backend if
Volker Rümelin5a0926c2021-01-10 11:02:19 +0100962 possible.
963
964 SDL specific options are:
965
966 ``in|out.buffer-count=count``
967 Sets the count of the buffers.
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +0000968
Alexandre Ratchov663df1c2022-09-07 15:23:42 +0200969``-audiodev sndio,id=id[,prop[=value][,...]]``
970 Creates a backend using SNDIO. This backend is available on
971 OpenBSD and most other Unix-like systems.
972
973 Sndio specific options are:
974
975 ``in|out.dev=device``
976 Specify the sndio device to use for input and/or output. Default
977 is ``default``.
978
979 ``in|out.latency=usecs``
980 Sets the desired period length in microseconds.
981
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +0000982``-audiodev spice,id=id[,prop[=value][,...]]``
983 Creates a backend that sends audio through SPICE. This backend
984 requires ``-spice`` and automatically selected in that case, so
985 usually you can ignore this option. This backend has no backend
986 specific properties.
987
988``-audiodev wav,id=id[,prop[=value][,...]]``
989 Creates a backend that writes audio to a WAV file.
990
991 Backend specific options are:
992
993 ``path=path``
994 Write recorded audio into the specified file. Default is
995 ``qemu.wav``.
996ERST
Markus Armbruster10adb8b2013-02-13 19:49:43 +0100997
Markus Armbruster10adb8b2013-02-13 19:49:43 +0100998DEF("device", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_device,
999 "-device driver[,prop[=value][,...]]\n"
1000 " add device (based on driver)\n"
1001 " prop=value,... sets driver properties\n"
1002 " use '-device help' to print all possible drivers\n"
1003 " use '-device driver,help' to print all possible properties\n",
1004 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00001005SRST
1006``-device driver[,prop[=value][,...]]``
1007 Add device driver. prop=value sets driver properties. Valid
1008 properties depend on the driver. To get help on possible drivers and
1009 properties, use ``-device help`` and ``-device driver,help``.
1010
1011 Some drivers are:
1012
Corey Minyard789101b2020-07-17 11:37:02 -05001013``-device ipmi-bmc-sim,id=id[,prop[=value][,...]]``
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00001014 Add an IPMI BMC. This is a simulation of a hardware management
1015 interface processor that normally sits on a system. It provides a
1016 watchdog and the ability to reset and power control the system. You
1017 need to connect this to an IPMI interface to make it useful
1018
1019 The IPMI slave address to use for the BMC. The default is 0x20. This
1020 address is the BMC's address on the I2C network of management
1021 controllers. If you don't know what this means, it is safe to ignore
1022 it.
1023
1024 ``id=id``
1025 The BMC id for interfaces to use this device.
1026
1027 ``slave_addr=val``
1028 Define slave address to use for the BMC. The default is 0x20.
1029
1030 ``sdrfile=file``
1031 file containing raw Sensor Data Records (SDR) data. The default
1032 is none.
1033
1034 ``fruareasize=val``
1035 size of a Field Replaceable Unit (FRU) area. The default is
1036 1024.
1037
1038 ``frudatafile=file``
1039 file containing raw Field Replaceable Unit (FRU) inventory data.
1040 The default is none.
1041
1042 ``guid=uuid``
1043 value for the GUID for the BMC, in standard UUID format. If this
1044 is set, get "Get GUID" command to the BMC will return it.
1045 Otherwise "Get GUID" will return an error.
1046
1047``-device ipmi-bmc-extern,id=id,chardev=id[,slave_addr=val]``
1048 Add a connection to an external IPMI BMC simulator. Instead of
1049 locally emulating the BMC like the above item, instead connect to an
1050 external entity that provides the IPMI services.
1051
1052 A connection is made to an external BMC simulator. If you do this,
1053 it is strongly recommended that you use the "reconnect=" chardev
1054 option to reconnect to the simulator if the connection is lost. Note
1055 that if this is not used carefully, it can be a security issue, as
1056 the interface has the ability to send resets, NMIs, and power off
1057 the VM. It's best if QEMU makes a connection to an external
1058 simulator running on a secure port on localhost, so neither the
1059 simulator nor QEMU is exposed to any outside network.
1060
1061 See the "lanserv/README.vm" file in the OpenIPMI library for more
1062 details on the external interface.
1063
1064``-device isa-ipmi-kcs,bmc=id[,ioport=val][,irq=val]``
Stefan Weil1e458f12022-10-30 11:59:44 +01001065 Add a KCS IPMI interface on the ISA bus. This also adds a
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00001066 corresponding ACPI and SMBIOS entries, if appropriate.
1067
1068 ``bmc=id``
1069 The BMC to connect to, one of ipmi-bmc-sim or ipmi-bmc-extern
1070 above.
1071
1072 ``ioport=val``
1073 Define the I/O address of the interface. The default is 0xca0
1074 for KCS.
1075
1076 ``irq=val``
1077 Define the interrupt to use. The default is 5. To disable
1078 interrupts, set this to 0.
1079
1080``-device isa-ipmi-bt,bmc=id[,ioport=val][,irq=val]``
1081 Like the KCS interface, but defines a BT interface. The default port
1082 is 0xe4 and the default interrupt is 5.
Corey Minyard323679d2019-09-23 13:50:33 -05001083
1084``-device pci-ipmi-kcs,bmc=id``
Stefan Weil1e458f12022-10-30 11:59:44 +01001085 Add a KCS IPMI interface on the PCI bus.
Corey Minyard323679d2019-09-23 13:50:33 -05001086
1087 ``bmc=id``
1088 The BMC to connect to, one of ipmi-bmc-sim or ipmi-bmc-extern above.
1089
1090``-device pci-ipmi-bt,bmc=id``
1091 Like the KCS interface, but defines a BT interface on the PCI bus.
Peter Xu7395b3e2021-07-07 11:41:14 -04001092
1093``-device intel-iommu[,option=...]``
1094 This is only supported by ``-machine q35``, which will enable Intel VT-d
1095 emulation within the guest. It supports below options:
1096
1097 ``intremap=on|off`` (default: auto)
1098 This enables interrupt remapping feature. It's required to enable
1099 complete x2apic. Currently it only supports kvm kernel-irqchip modes
1100 ``off`` or ``split``, while full kernel-irqchip is not yet supported.
1101 The default value is "auto", which will be decided by the mode of
1102 kernel-irqchip.
1103
1104 ``caching-mode=on|off`` (default: off)
1105 This enables caching mode for the VT-d emulated device. When
1106 caching-mode is enabled, each guest DMA buffer mapping will generate an
1107 IOTLB invalidation from the guest IOMMU driver to the vIOMMU device in
1108 a synchronous way. It is required for ``-device vfio-pci`` to work
1109 with the VT-d device, because host assigned devices requires to setup
1110 the DMA mapping on the host before guest DMA starts.
1111
1112 ``device-iotlb=on|off`` (default: off)
1113 This enables device-iotlb capability for the emulated VT-d device. So
1114 far virtio/vhost should be the only real user for this parameter,
1115 paired with ats=on configured for the device.
1116
1117 ``aw-bits=39|48`` (default: 39)
1118 This decides the address width of IOVA address space. The address
1119 space has 39 bits width for 3-level IOMMU page tables, and 48 bits for
1120 4-level IOMMU page tables.
1121
1122 Please also refer to the wiki page for general scenarios of VT-d
1123 emulation in QEMU: https://wiki.qemu.org/Features/VT-d.
1124
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00001125ERST
Markus Armbruster10adb8b2013-02-13 19:49:43 +01001126
1127DEF("name", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_name,
Dr. David Alan Gilbert8f480de2014-01-30 10:20:31 +00001128 "-name string1[,process=string2][,debug-threads=on|off]\n"
Markus Armbruster10adb8b2013-02-13 19:49:43 +01001129 " set the name of the guest\n"
Roman Bolshakov479a5742018-12-17 23:26:01 +03001130 " string1 sets the window title and string2 the process name\n"
1131 " When debug-threads is enabled, individual threads are given a separate name\n"
Dr. David Alan Gilbert8f480de2014-01-30 10:20:31 +00001132 " NOTE: The thread names are for debugging and not a stable API.\n",
Markus Armbruster10adb8b2013-02-13 19:49:43 +01001133 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00001134SRST
1135``-name name``
1136 Sets the name of the guest. This name will be displayed in the SDL
1137 window caption. The name will also be used for the VNC server. Also
1138 optionally set the top visible process name in Linux. Naming of
1139 individual threads can also be enabled on Linux to aid debugging.
1140ERST
Markus Armbruster10adb8b2013-02-13 19:49:43 +01001141
1142DEF("uuid", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_uuid,
1143 "-uuid %08x-%04x-%04x-%04x-%012x\n"
1144 " specify machine UUID\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00001145SRST
1146``-uuid uuid``
1147 Set system UUID.
1148ERST
Markus Armbruster10adb8b2013-02-13 19:49:43 +01001149
Markus Armbruster10adb8b2013-02-13 19:49:43 +01001150DEFHEADING()
1151
Markus Armbrusterde6b4f92017-10-02 16:03:00 +02001152DEFHEADING(Block device options:)
Markus Armbruster10adb8b2013-02-13 19:49:43 +01001153
Alex Bennée5af2b0f2022-08-22 17:56:08 +01001154SRST
1155The QEMU block device handling options have a long history and
1156have gone through several iterations as the feature set and complexity
1157of the block layer have grown. Many online guides to QEMU often
1158reference older and deprecated options, which can lead to confusion.
1159
Alex Bennéec1654c32023-04-24 10:22:37 +01001160The most explicit way to describe disks is to use a combination of
Alex Bennée5af2b0f2022-08-22 17:56:08 +01001161``-device`` to specify the hardware device and ``-blockdev`` to
1162describe the backend. The device defines what the guest sees and the
Alex Bennéec1654c32023-04-24 10:22:37 +01001163backend describes how QEMU handles the data. It is the only guaranteed
1164stable interface for describing block devices and as such is
1165recommended for management tools and scripting.
1166
1167The ``-drive`` option combines the device and backend into a single
1168command line option which is a more human friendly. There is however no
1169interface stability guarantee although some older board models still
1170need updating to work with the modern blockdev forms.
1171
1172Older options like ``-hda`` are essentially macros which expand into
1173``-drive`` options for various drive interfaces. The original forms
1174bake in a lot of assumptions from the days when QEMU was emulating a
1175legacy PC, they are not recommended for modern configurations.
Alex Bennée5af2b0f2022-08-22 17:56:08 +01001176
1177ERST
1178
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00001179DEF("fda", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_fda,
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00001180 "-fda/-fdb file use 'file' as floppy disk 0/1 image\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
1181DEF("fdb", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_fdb, "", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00001182SRST
Peter Maydell09ce5f22020-02-28 15:36:13 +00001183``-fda file``
1184 \
1185``-fdb file``
Thomas Huth923e9312020-11-16 15:47:36 +01001186 Use file as floppy disk 0/1 image (see the :ref:`disk images` chapter in
1187 the System Emulation Users Guide).
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00001188ERST
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00001189
1190DEF("hda", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_hda,
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00001191 "-hda/-hdb file use 'file' as IDE hard disk 0/1 image\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
1192DEF("hdb", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_hdb, "", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00001193DEF("hdc", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_hdc,
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00001194 "-hdc/-hdd file use 'file' as IDE hard disk 2/3 image\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
1195DEF("hdd", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_hdd, "", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00001196SRST
Peter Maydell09ce5f22020-02-28 15:36:13 +00001197``-hda file``
1198 \
1199``-hdb file``
1200 \
1201``-hdc file``
1202 \
1203``-hdd file``
Thomas Huth923e9312020-11-16 15:47:36 +01001204 Use file as hard disk 0, 1, 2 or 3 image (see the :ref:`disk images`
1205 chapter in the System Emulation Users Guide).
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00001206ERST
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00001207
1208DEF("cdrom", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_cdrom,
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00001209 "-cdrom file use 'file' as IDE cdrom image (cdrom is ide1 master)\n",
1210 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00001211SRST
1212``-cdrom file``
1213 Use file as CD-ROM image (you cannot use ``-hdc`` and ``-cdrom`` at
1214 the same time). You can use the host CD-ROM by using ``/dev/cdrom``
1215 as filename.
1216ERST
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00001217
Markus Armbruster42e5f392017-02-28 22:27:07 +01001218DEF("blockdev", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_blockdev,
1219 "-blockdev [driver=]driver[,node-name=N][,discard=ignore|unmap]\n"
1220 " [,cache.direct=on|off][,cache.no-flush=on|off]\n"
Kevin Wolfc9b749d2019-10-15 12:29:58 +02001221 " [,read-only=on|off][,auto-read-only=on|off]\n"
1222 " [,force-share=on|off][,detect-zeroes=on|off|unmap]\n"
Markus Armbruster42e5f392017-02-28 22:27:07 +01001223 " [,driver specific parameters...]\n"
1224 " configure a block backend\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00001225SRST
1226``-blockdev option[,option[,option[,...]]]``
1227 Define a new block driver node. Some of the options apply to all
1228 block drivers, other options are only accepted for a specific block
1229 driver. See below for a list of generic options and options for the
1230 most common block drivers.
1231
1232 Options that expect a reference to another node (e.g. ``file``) can
1233 be given in two ways. Either you specify the node name of an already
1234 existing node (file=node-name), or you define a new node inline,
1235 adding options for the referenced node after a dot
1236 (file.filename=path,file.aio=native).
1237
1238 A block driver node created with ``-blockdev`` can be used for a
1239 guest device by specifying its node name for the ``drive`` property
1240 in a ``-device`` argument that defines a block device.
1241
1242 ``Valid options for any block driver node:``
1243 ``driver``
1244 Specifies the block driver to use for the given node.
1245
1246 ``node-name``
1247 This defines the name of the block driver node by which it
1248 will be referenced later. The name must be unique, i.e. it
1249 must not match the name of a different block driver node, or
1250 (if you use ``-drive`` as well) the ID of a drive.
1251
1252 If no node name is specified, it is automatically generated.
1253 The generated node name is not intended to be predictable
1254 and changes between QEMU invocations. For the top level, an
1255 explicit node name must be specified.
1256
1257 ``read-only``
1258 Open the node read-only. Guest write attempts will fail.
1259
1260 Note that some block drivers support only read-only access,
1261 either generally or in certain configurations. In this case,
1262 the default value ``read-only=off`` does not work and the
1263 option must be specified explicitly.
1264
1265 ``auto-read-only``
1266 If ``auto-read-only=on`` is set, QEMU may fall back to
1267 read-only usage even when ``read-only=off`` is requested, or
1268 even switch between modes as needed, e.g. depending on
1269 whether the image file is writable or whether a writing user
1270 is attached to the node.
1271
1272 ``force-share``
1273 Override the image locking system of QEMU by forcing the
1274 node to utilize weaker shared access for permissions where
1275 it would normally request exclusive access. When there is
1276 the potential for multiple instances to have the same file
1277 open (whether this invocation of QEMU is the first or the
1278 second instance), both instances must permit shared access
1279 for the second instance to succeed at opening the file.
1280
1281 Enabling ``force-share=on`` requires ``read-only=on``.
1282
1283 ``cache.direct``
1284 The host page cache can be avoided with ``cache.direct=on``.
1285 This will attempt to do disk IO directly to the guest's
1286 memory. QEMU may still perform an internal copy of the data.
1287
1288 ``cache.no-flush``
1289 In case you don't care about data integrity over host
1290 failures, you can use ``cache.no-flush=on``. This option
1291 tells QEMU that it never needs to write any data to the disk
1292 but can instead keep things in cache. If anything goes
1293 wrong, like your host losing power, the disk storage getting
1294 disconnected accidentally, etc. your image will most
1295 probably be rendered unusable.
1296
1297 ``discard=discard``
1298 discard is one of "ignore" (or "off") or "unmap" (or "on")
1299 and controls whether ``discard`` (also known as ``trim`` or
1300 ``unmap``) requests are ignored or passed to the filesystem.
1301 Some machine types may not support discard requests.
1302
1303 ``detect-zeroes=detect-zeroes``
1304 detect-zeroes is "off", "on" or "unmap" and enables the
1305 automatic conversion of plain zero writes by the OS to
1306 driver specific optimized zero write commands. You may even
1307 choose "unmap" if discard is set to "unmap" to allow a zero
1308 write to be converted to an ``unmap`` operation.
1309
1310 ``Driver-specific options for file``
1311 This is the protocol-level block driver for accessing regular
1312 files.
1313
1314 ``filename``
1315 The path to the image file in the local filesystem
1316
1317 ``aio``
Stefano Garzarellaad1e6912020-09-24 17:15:11 +02001318 Specifies the AIO backend (threads/native/io_uring,
1319 default: threads)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00001320
1321 ``locking``
1322 Specifies whether the image file is protected with Linux OFD
1323 / POSIX locks. The default is to use the Linux Open File
1324 Descriptor API if available, otherwise no lock is applied.
1325 (auto/on/off, default: auto)
1326
1327 Example:
1328
1329 ::
1330
1331 -blockdev driver=file,node-name=disk,filename=disk.img
1332
1333 ``Driver-specific options for raw``
1334 This is the image format block driver for raw images. It is
1335 usually stacked on top of a protocol level block driver such as
1336 ``file``.
1337
1338 ``file``
1339 Reference to or definition of the data source block driver
1340 node (e.g. a ``file`` driver node)
1341
1342 Example 1:
1343
1344 ::
1345
1346 -blockdev driver=file,node-name=disk_file,filename=disk.img
1347 -blockdev driver=raw,node-name=disk,file=disk_file
1348
1349 Example 2:
1350
1351 ::
1352
1353 -blockdev driver=raw,node-name=disk,file.driver=file,file.filename=disk.img
1354
1355 ``Driver-specific options for qcow2``
1356 This is the image format block driver for qcow2 images. It is
1357 usually stacked on top of a protocol level block driver such as
1358 ``file``.
1359
1360 ``file``
1361 Reference to or definition of the data source block driver
1362 node (e.g. a ``file`` driver node)
1363
1364 ``backing``
1365 Reference to or definition of the backing file block device
1366 (default is taken from the image file). It is allowed to
1367 pass ``null`` here in order to disable the default backing
1368 file.
1369
1370 ``lazy-refcounts``
1371 Whether to enable the lazy refcounts feature (on/off;
1372 default is taken from the image file)
1373
1374 ``cache-size``
1375 The maximum total size of the L2 table and refcount block
1376 caches in bytes (default: the sum of l2-cache-size and
1377 refcount-cache-size)
1378
1379 ``l2-cache-size``
1380 The maximum size of the L2 table cache in bytes (default: if
1381 cache-size is not specified - 32M on Linux platforms, and 8M
1382 on non-Linux platforms; otherwise, as large as possible
1383 within the cache-size, while permitting the requested or the
1384 minimal refcount cache size)
1385
1386 ``refcount-cache-size``
1387 The maximum size of the refcount block cache in bytes
1388 (default: 4 times the cluster size; or if cache-size is
1389 specified, the part of it which is not used for the L2
1390 cache)
1391
1392 ``cache-clean-interval``
1393 Clean unused entries in the L2 and refcount caches. The
1394 interval is in seconds. The default value is 600 on
1395 supporting platforms, and 0 on other platforms. Setting it
1396 to 0 disables this feature.
1397
1398 ``pass-discard-request``
1399 Whether discard requests to the qcow2 device should be
1400 forwarded to the data source (on/off; default: on if
1401 discard=unmap is specified, off otherwise)
1402
1403 ``pass-discard-snapshot``
1404 Whether discard requests for the data source should be
1405 issued when a snapshot operation (e.g. deleting a snapshot)
1406 frees clusters in the qcow2 file (on/off; default: on)
1407
1408 ``pass-discard-other``
1409 Whether discard requests for the data source should be
1410 issued on other occasions where a cluster gets freed
1411 (on/off; default: off)
1412
1413 ``overlap-check``
1414 Which overlap checks to perform for writes to the image
1415 (none/constant/cached/all; default: cached). For details or
1416 finer granularity control refer to the QAPI documentation of
1417 ``blockdev-add``.
1418
1419 Example 1:
1420
1421 ::
1422
1423 -blockdev driver=file,node-name=my_file,filename=/tmp/disk.qcow2
1424 -blockdev driver=qcow2,node-name=hda,file=my_file,overlap-check=none,cache-size=16777216
1425
1426 Example 2:
1427
1428 ::
1429
1430 -blockdev driver=qcow2,node-name=disk,file.driver=http,file.filename=http://example.com/image.qcow2
1431
1432 ``Driver-specific options for other drivers``
1433 Please refer to the QAPI documentation of the ``blockdev-add``
1434 QMP command.
1435ERST
Markus Armbruster42e5f392017-02-28 22:27:07 +01001436
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00001437DEF("drive", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_drive,
1438 "-drive [file=file][,if=type][,bus=n][,unit=m][,media=d][,index=i]\n"
Stefan Hajnoczi92196b22011-08-04 12:26:52 +01001439 " [,cache=writethrough|writeback|none|directsync|unsafe][,format=f]\n"
Kevin Wolf572023f2018-06-13 11:01:30 +02001440 " [,snapshot=on|off][,rerror=ignore|stop|report]\n"
Stefano Garzarellaad1e6912020-09-24 17:15:11 +02001441 " [,werror=ignore|stop|report|enospc][,id=name]\n"
1442 " [,aio=threads|native|io_uring]\n"
Stefan Hajnoczifb0490f2011-11-17 13:40:32 +00001443 " [,readonly=on|off][,copy-on-read=on|off]\n"
Peter Lieven2f7133b2014-07-28 21:53:02 +02001444 " [,discard=ignore|unmap][,detect-zeroes=on|off|unmap]\n"
Benoît Canet3e9fab62013-09-02 14:14:40 +02001445 " [[,bps=b]|[[,bps_rd=r][,bps_wr=w]]]\n"
1446 " [[,iops=i]|[[,iops_rd=r][,iops_wr=w]]]\n"
1447 " [[,bps_max=bm]|[[,bps_rd_max=rm][,bps_wr_max=wm]]]\n"
1448 " [[,iops_max=im]|[[,iops_rd_max=irm][,iops_wr_max=iwm]]]\n"
Benoît Canet2024c1d2013-09-02 14:14:41 +02001449 " [[,iops_size=is]]\n"
Alberto Garcia76f4afb2015-06-08 18:17:44 +02001450 " [[,group=g]]\n"
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00001451 " use 'file' as a drive image\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00001452SRST
1453``-drive option[,option[,option[,...]]]``
1454 Define a new drive. This includes creating a block driver node (the
1455 backend) as well as a guest device, and is mostly a shortcut for
1456 defining the corresponding ``-blockdev`` and ``-device`` options.
1457
1458 ``-drive`` accepts all options that are accepted by ``-blockdev``.
1459 In addition, it knows the following options:
1460
1461 ``file=file``
Thomas Huth923e9312020-11-16 15:47:36 +01001462 This option defines which disk image (see the :ref:`disk images`
1463 chapter in the System Emulation Users Guide) to use with this drive.
1464 If the filename contains comma, you must double it (for instance,
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00001465 "file=my,,file" to use file "my,file").
1466
1467 Special files such as iSCSI devices can be specified using
1468 protocol specific URLs. See the section for "Device URL Syntax"
1469 for more information.
1470
1471 ``if=interface``
1472 This option defines on which type on interface the drive is
1473 connected. Available types are: ide, scsi, sd, mtd, floppy,
1474 pflash, virtio, none.
1475
1476 ``bus=bus,unit=unit``
1477 These options define where is connected the drive by defining
1478 the bus number and the unit id.
1479
1480 ``index=index``
Laurent Vivier35aab302022-02-02 15:34:22 +01001481 This option defines where the drive is connected by using an
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00001482 index in the list of available connectors of a given interface
1483 type.
1484
1485 ``media=media``
1486 This option defines the type of the media: disk or cdrom.
1487
1488 ``snapshot=snapshot``
1489 snapshot is "on" or "off" and controls snapshot mode for the
1490 given drive (see ``-snapshot``).
1491
1492 ``cache=cache``
1493 cache is "none", "writeback", "unsafe", "directsync" or
1494 "writethrough" and controls how the host cache is used to access
1495 block data. This is a shortcut that sets the ``cache.direct``
1496 and ``cache.no-flush`` options (as in ``-blockdev``), and
1497 additionally ``cache.writeback``, which provides a default for
1498 the ``write-cache`` option of block guest devices (as in
1499 ``-device``). The modes correspond to the following settings:
1500
Peter Maydell09ce5f22020-02-28 15:36:13 +00001501 ============= =============== ============ ==============
1502 \ cache.writeback cache.direct cache.no-flush
1503 ============= =============== ============ ==============
1504 writeback on off off
1505 none on on off
1506 writethrough off off off
1507 directsync off on off
1508 unsafe on off on
1509 ============= =============== ============ ==============
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00001510
1511 The default mode is ``cache=writeback``.
1512
1513 ``aio=aio``
Stefano Garzarellaad1e6912020-09-24 17:15:11 +02001514 aio is "threads", "native", or "io_uring" and selects between pthread
1515 based disk I/O, native Linux AIO, or Linux io_uring API.
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00001516
1517 ``format=format``
1518 Specify which disk format will be used rather than detecting the
1519 format. Can be used to specify format=raw to avoid interpreting
1520 an untrusted format header.
1521
1522 ``werror=action,rerror=action``
1523 Specify which action to take on write and read errors. Valid
1524 actions are: "ignore" (ignore the error and try to continue),
1525 "stop" (pause QEMU), "report" (report the error to the guest),
1526 "enospc" (pause QEMU only if the host disk is full; report the
1527 error to the guest otherwise). The default setting is
1528 ``werror=enospc`` and ``rerror=report``.
1529
1530 ``copy-on-read=copy-on-read``
1531 copy-on-read is "on" or "off" and enables whether to copy read
1532 backing file sectors into the image file.
1533
1534 ``bps=b,bps_rd=r,bps_wr=w``
1535 Specify bandwidth throttling limits in bytes per second, either
1536 for all request types or for reads or writes only. Small values
1537 can lead to timeouts or hangs inside the guest. A safe minimum
1538 for disks is 2 MB/s.
1539
1540 ``bps_max=bm,bps_rd_max=rm,bps_wr_max=wm``
1541 Specify bursts in bytes per second, either for all request types
1542 or for reads or writes only. Bursts allow the guest I/O to spike
1543 above the limit temporarily.
1544
1545 ``iops=i,iops_rd=r,iops_wr=w``
1546 Specify request rate limits in requests per second, either for
1547 all request types or for reads or writes only.
1548
1549 ``iops_max=bm,iops_rd_max=rm,iops_wr_max=wm``
1550 Specify bursts in requests per second, either for all request
1551 types or for reads or writes only. Bursts allow the guest I/O to
1552 spike above the limit temporarily.
1553
1554 ``iops_size=is``
1555 Let every is bytes of a request count as a new request for iops
1556 throttling purposes. Use this option to prevent guests from
1557 circumventing iops limits by sending fewer but larger requests.
1558
1559 ``group=g``
1560 Join a throttling quota group with given name g. All drives that
1561 are members of the same group are accounted for together. Use
1562 this option to prevent guests from circumventing throttling
1563 limits by using many small disks instead of a single larger
1564 disk.
1565
1566 By default, the ``cache.writeback=on`` mode is used. It will report
1567 data writes as completed as soon as the data is present in the host
1568 page cache. This is safe as long as your guest OS makes sure to
1569 correctly flush disk caches where needed. If your guest OS does not
1570 handle volatile disk write caches correctly and your host crashes or
1571 loses power, then the guest may experience data corruption.
1572
1573 For such guests, you should consider using ``cache.writeback=off``.
1574 This means that the host page cache will be used to read and write
1575 data, but write notification will be sent to the guest only after
1576 QEMU has made sure to flush each write to the disk. Be aware that
1577 this has a major impact on performance.
1578
1579 When using the ``-snapshot`` option, unsafe caching is always used.
1580
1581 Copy-on-read avoids accessing the same backing file sectors
1582 repeatedly and is useful when the backing file is over a slow
1583 network. By default copy-on-read is off.
1584
1585 Instead of ``-cdrom`` you can use:
1586
1587 .. parsed-literal::
1588
1589 |qemu_system| -drive file=file,index=2,media=cdrom
1590
1591 Instead of ``-hda``, ``-hdb``, ``-hdc``, ``-hdd``, you can use:
1592
1593 .. parsed-literal::
1594
1595 |qemu_system| -drive file=file,index=0,media=disk
1596 |qemu_system| -drive file=file,index=1,media=disk
1597 |qemu_system| -drive file=file,index=2,media=disk
1598 |qemu_system| -drive file=file,index=3,media=disk
1599
1600 You can open an image using pre-opened file descriptors from an fd
1601 set:
1602
1603 .. parsed-literal::
1604
Laszlo Ersek353a06b2020-09-08 19:21:11 +02001605 |qemu_system| \\
1606 -add-fd fd=3,set=2,opaque="rdwr:/path/to/file" \\
1607 -add-fd fd=4,set=2,opaque="rdonly:/path/to/file" \\
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00001608 -drive file=/dev/fdset/2,index=0,media=disk
1609
1610 You can connect a CDROM to the slave of ide0:
1611
1612 .. parsed-literal::
1613
1614 |qemu_system_x86| -drive file=file,if=ide,index=1,media=cdrom
1615
1616 If you don't specify the "file=" argument, you define an empty
1617 drive:
1618
1619 .. parsed-literal::
1620
1621 |qemu_system_x86| -drive if=ide,index=1,media=cdrom
1622
1623 Instead of ``-fda``, ``-fdb``, you can use:
1624
1625 .. parsed-literal::
1626
1627 |qemu_system_x86| -drive file=file,index=0,if=floppy
1628 |qemu_system_x86| -drive file=file,index=1,if=floppy
1629
1630 By default, interface is "ide" and index is automatically
1631 incremented:
1632
1633 .. parsed-literal::
1634
John Snowa234ec32023-02-02 17:31:21 -05001635 |qemu_system_x86| -drive file=a -drive file=b
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00001636
1637 is interpreted like:
1638
1639 .. parsed-literal::
1640
1641 |qemu_system_x86| -hda a -hdb b
1642ERST
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00001643
1644DEF("mtdblock", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_mtdblock,
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00001645 "-mtdblock file use 'file' as on-board Flash memory image\n",
1646 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00001647SRST
1648``-mtdblock file``
1649 Use file as on-board Flash memory image.
1650ERST
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00001651
1652DEF("sd", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_sd,
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00001653 "-sd file use 'file' as SecureDigital card image\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00001654SRST
1655``-sd file``
1656 Use file as SecureDigital card image.
1657ERST
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00001658
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00001659DEF("snapshot", 0, QEMU_OPTION_snapshot,
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00001660 "-snapshot write to temporary files instead of disk image files\n",
1661 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00001662SRST
1663``-snapshot``
1664 Write to temporary files instead of disk image files. In this case,
1665 the raw disk image you use is not written back. You can however
Thomas Huth923e9312020-11-16 15:47:36 +01001666 force the write back by pressing C-a s (see the :ref:`disk images`
1667 chapter in the System Emulation Users Guide).
Alex Bennéec1654c32023-04-24 10:22:37 +01001668
1669 .. warning::
1670 snapshot is incompatible with ``-blockdev`` (instead use qemu-img
1671 to manually create snapshot images to attach to your blockdev).
1672 If you have mixed ``-blockdev`` and ``-drive`` declarations you
1673 can use the 'snapshot' property on your drive declarations
1674 instead of this global option.
1675
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00001676ERST
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00001677
Gautham R Shenoy74db9202010-04-29 17:44:43 +05301678DEF("fsdev", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_fsdev,
Greg Kurzb44a6b02019-05-17 17:34:49 +02001679 "-fsdev local,id=id,path=path,security_model=mapped-xattr|mapped-file|passthrough|none\n"
Paolo Bonzini991c1802020-11-13 03:10:52 -05001680 " [,writeout=immediate][,readonly=on][,fmode=fmode][,dmode=dmode]\n"
Pradeep Jagadeeshb8bbdb82017-02-28 10:31:46 +01001681 " [[,throttling.bps-total=b]|[[,throttling.bps-read=r][,throttling.bps-write=w]]]\n"
1682 " [[,throttling.iops-total=i]|[[,throttling.iops-read=r][,throttling.iops-write=w]]]\n"
1683 " [[,throttling.bps-total-max=bm]|[[,throttling.bps-read-max=rm][,throttling.bps-write-max=wm]]]\n"
1684 " [[,throttling.iops-total-max=im]|[[,throttling.iops-read-max=irm][,throttling.iops-write-max=iwm]]]\n"
Greg Kurzb44a6b02019-05-17 17:34:49 +02001685 " [[,throttling.iops-size=is]]\n"
Paolo Bonzini991c1802020-11-13 03:10:52 -05001686 "-fsdev proxy,id=id,socket=socket[,writeout=immediate][,readonly=on]\n"
1687 "-fsdev proxy,id=id,sock_fd=sock_fd[,writeout=immediate][,readonly=on]\n"
Greg Kurzb44a6b02019-05-17 17:34:49 +02001688 "-fsdev synth,id=id\n",
Gautham R Shenoy74db9202010-04-29 17:44:43 +05301689 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
1690
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00001691SRST
Paolo Bonzini991c1802020-11-13 03:10:52 -05001692``-fsdev local,id=id,path=path,security_model=security_model [,writeout=writeout][,readonly=on][,fmode=fmode][,dmode=dmode] [,throttling.option=value[,throttling.option=value[,...]]]``
Peter Maydell09ce5f22020-02-28 15:36:13 +00001693 \
Paolo Bonzini991c1802020-11-13 03:10:52 -05001694``-fsdev proxy,id=id,socket=socket[,writeout=writeout][,readonly=on]``
Peter Maydell09ce5f22020-02-28 15:36:13 +00001695 \
Paolo Bonzini991c1802020-11-13 03:10:52 -05001696``-fsdev proxy,id=id,sock_fd=sock_fd[,writeout=writeout][,readonly=on]``
Peter Maydell09ce5f22020-02-28 15:36:13 +00001697 \
Paolo Bonzini991c1802020-11-13 03:10:52 -05001698``-fsdev synth,id=id[,readonly=on]``
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00001699 Define a new file system device. Valid options are:
1700
1701 ``local``
1702 Accesses to the filesystem are done by QEMU.
1703
1704 ``proxy``
1705 Accesses to the filesystem are done by virtfs-proxy-helper(1).
1706
1707 ``synth``
1708 Synthetic filesystem, only used by QTests.
1709
1710 ``id=id``
1711 Specifies identifier for this device.
1712
1713 ``path=path``
1714 Specifies the export path for the file system device. Files
1715 under this path will be available to the 9p client on the guest.
1716
1717 ``security_model=security_model``
1718 Specifies the security model to be used for this export path.
1719 Supported security models are "passthrough", "mapped-xattr",
1720 "mapped-file" and "none". In "passthrough" security model, files
1721 are stored using the same credentials as they are created on the
1722 guest. This requires QEMU to run as root. In "mapped-xattr"
1723 security model, some of the file attributes like uid, gid, mode
1724 bits and link target are stored as file attributes. For
1725 "mapped-file" these attributes are stored in the hidden
1726 .virtfs\_metadata directory. Directories exported by this
1727 security model cannot interact with other unix tools. "none"
1728 security model is same as passthrough except the sever won't
1729 report failures if it fails to set file attributes like
1730 ownership. Security model is mandatory only for local fsdriver.
1731 Other fsdrivers (like proxy) don't take security model as a
1732 parameter.
1733
1734 ``writeout=writeout``
1735 This is an optional argument. The only supported value is
1736 "immediate". This means that host page cache will be used to
1737 read and write data but write notification will be sent to the
1738 guest only when the data has been reported as written by the
1739 storage subsystem.
1740
Paolo Bonzini991c1802020-11-13 03:10:52 -05001741 ``readonly=on``
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00001742 Enables exporting 9p share as a readonly mount for guests. By
1743 default read-write access is given.
1744
1745 ``socket=socket``
1746 Enables proxy filesystem driver to use passed socket file for
1747 communicating with virtfs-proxy-helper(1).
1748
1749 ``sock_fd=sock_fd``
1750 Enables proxy filesystem driver to use passed socket descriptor
1751 for communicating with virtfs-proxy-helper(1). Usually a helper
1752 like libvirt will create socketpair and pass one of the fds as
1753 sock\_fd.
1754
1755 ``fmode=fmode``
1756 Specifies the default mode for newly created files on the host.
1757 Works only with security models "mapped-xattr" and
1758 "mapped-file".
1759
1760 ``dmode=dmode``
1761 Specifies the default mode for newly created directories on the
1762 host. Works only with security models "mapped-xattr" and
1763 "mapped-file".
1764
1765 ``throttling.bps-total=b,throttling.bps-read=r,throttling.bps-write=w``
1766 Specify bandwidth throttling limits in bytes per second, either
1767 for all request types or for reads or writes only.
1768
1769 ``throttling.bps-total-max=bm,bps-read-max=rm,bps-write-max=wm``
1770 Specify bursts in bytes per second, either for all request types
1771 or for reads or writes only. Bursts allow the guest I/O to spike
1772 above the limit temporarily.
1773
1774 ``throttling.iops-total=i,throttling.iops-read=r, throttling.iops-write=w``
1775 Specify request rate limits in requests per second, either for
1776 all request types or for reads or writes only.
1777
1778 ``throttling.iops-total-max=im,throttling.iops-read-max=irm, throttling.iops-write-max=iwm``
1779 Specify bursts in requests per second, either for all request
1780 types or for reads or writes only. Bursts allow the guest I/O to
1781 spike above the limit temporarily.
1782
1783 ``throttling.iops-size=is``
1784 Let every is bytes of a request count as a new request for iops
1785 throttling purposes.
1786
1787 -fsdev option is used along with -device driver "virtio-9p-...".
1788
1789``-device virtio-9p-type,fsdev=id,mount_tag=mount_tag``
1790 Options for virtio-9p-... driver are:
1791
1792 ``type``
1793 Specifies the variant to be used. Supported values are "pci",
1794 "ccw" or "device", depending on the machine type.
1795
1796 ``fsdev=id``
1797 Specifies the id value specified along with -fsdev option.
1798
1799 ``mount_tag=mount_tag``
1800 Specifies the tag name to be used by the guest to mount this
1801 export point.
1802ERST
Gautham R Shenoy74db9202010-04-29 17:44:43 +05301803
Gautham R Shenoy3d54abc2010-04-29 17:45:03 +05301804DEF("virtfs", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_virtfs,
Greg Kurzb44a6b02019-05-17 17:34:49 +02001805 "-virtfs local,path=path,mount_tag=tag,security_model=mapped-xattr|mapped-file|passthrough|none\n"
Paolo Bonzini991c1802020-11-13 03:10:52 -05001806 " [,id=id][,writeout=immediate][,readonly=on][,fmode=fmode][,dmode=dmode][,multidevs=remap|forbid|warn]\n"
1807 "-virtfs proxy,mount_tag=tag,socket=socket[,id=id][,writeout=immediate][,readonly=on]\n"
1808 "-virtfs proxy,mount_tag=tag,sock_fd=sock_fd[,id=id][,writeout=immediate][,readonly=on]\n"
1809 "-virtfs synth,mount_tag=tag[,id=id][,readonly=on]\n",
Gautham R Shenoy3d54abc2010-04-29 17:45:03 +05301810 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
1811
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00001812SRST
Paolo Bonzini991c1802020-11-13 03:10:52 -05001813``-virtfs local,path=path,mount_tag=mount_tag ,security_model=security_model[,writeout=writeout][,readonly=on] [,fmode=fmode][,dmode=dmode][,multidevs=multidevs]``
Peter Maydell09ce5f22020-02-28 15:36:13 +00001814 \
Paolo Bonzini991c1802020-11-13 03:10:52 -05001815``-virtfs proxy,socket=socket,mount_tag=mount_tag [,writeout=writeout][,readonly=on]``
Peter Maydell09ce5f22020-02-28 15:36:13 +00001816 \
Paolo Bonzini991c1802020-11-13 03:10:52 -05001817``-virtfs proxy,sock_fd=sock_fd,mount_tag=mount_tag [,writeout=writeout][,readonly=on]``
Peter Maydell09ce5f22020-02-28 15:36:13 +00001818 \
1819``-virtfs synth,mount_tag=mount_tag``
Christian Schoenebeck65abaa02020-05-14 08:06:43 +02001820 Define a new virtual filesystem device and expose it to the guest using
1821 a virtio-9p-device (a.k.a. 9pfs), which essentially means that a certain
1822 directory on host is made directly accessible by guest as a pass-through
1823 file system by using the 9P network protocol for communication between
1824 host and guests, if desired even accessible, shared by several guests
Stefan Weil2cb40d42022-11-10 20:08:25 +01001825 simultaneously.
Christian Schoenebeck65abaa02020-05-14 08:06:43 +02001826
1827 Note that ``-virtfs`` is actually just a convenience shortcut for its
1828 generalized form ``-fsdev -device virtio-9p-pci``.
1829
1830 The general form of pass-through file system options are:
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00001831
1832 ``local``
1833 Accesses to the filesystem are done by QEMU.
1834
1835 ``proxy``
1836 Accesses to the filesystem are done by virtfs-proxy-helper(1).
1837
1838 ``synth``
1839 Synthetic filesystem, only used by QTests.
1840
1841 ``id=id``
1842 Specifies identifier for the filesystem device
1843
1844 ``path=path``
1845 Specifies the export path for the file system device. Files
1846 under this path will be available to the 9p client on the guest.
1847
1848 ``security_model=security_model``
1849 Specifies the security model to be used for this export path.
1850 Supported security models are "passthrough", "mapped-xattr",
1851 "mapped-file" and "none". In "passthrough" security model, files
1852 are stored using the same credentials as they are created on the
1853 guest. This requires QEMU to run as root. In "mapped-xattr"
1854 security model, some of the file attributes like uid, gid, mode
1855 bits and link target are stored as file attributes. For
1856 "mapped-file" these attributes are stored in the hidden
1857 .virtfs\_metadata directory. Directories exported by this
1858 security model cannot interact with other unix tools. "none"
1859 security model is same as passthrough except the sever won't
1860 report failures if it fails to set file attributes like
1861 ownership. Security model is mandatory only for local fsdriver.
1862 Other fsdrivers (like proxy) don't take security model as a
1863 parameter.
1864
1865 ``writeout=writeout``
1866 This is an optional argument. The only supported value is
1867 "immediate". This means that host page cache will be used to
1868 read and write data but write notification will be sent to the
1869 guest only when the data has been reported as written by the
1870 storage subsystem.
1871
Paolo Bonzini991c1802020-11-13 03:10:52 -05001872 ``readonly=on``
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00001873 Enables exporting 9p share as a readonly mount for guests. By
1874 default read-write access is given.
1875
1876 ``socket=socket``
1877 Enables proxy filesystem driver to use passed socket file for
1878 communicating with virtfs-proxy-helper(1). Usually a helper like
1879 libvirt will create socketpair and pass one of the fds as
1880 sock\_fd.
1881
1882 ``sock_fd``
1883 Enables proxy filesystem driver to use passed 'sock\_fd' as the
1884 socket descriptor for interfacing with virtfs-proxy-helper(1).
1885
1886 ``fmode=fmode``
1887 Specifies the default mode for newly created files on the host.
1888 Works only with security models "mapped-xattr" and
1889 "mapped-file".
1890
1891 ``dmode=dmode``
1892 Specifies the default mode for newly created directories on the
1893 host. Works only with security models "mapped-xattr" and
1894 "mapped-file".
1895
1896 ``mount_tag=mount_tag``
1897 Specifies the tag name to be used by the guest to mount this
1898 export point.
1899
1900 ``multidevs=multidevs``
1901 Specifies how to deal with multiple devices being shared with a
1902 9p export. Supported behaviours are either "remap", "forbid" or
1903 "warn". The latter is the default behaviour on which virtfs 9p
1904 expects only one device to be shared with the same export, and
1905 if more than one device is shared and accessed via the same 9p
1906 export then only a warning message is logged (once) by qemu on
1907 host side. In order to avoid file ID collisions on guest you
1908 should either create a separate virtfs export for each device to
1909 be shared with guests (recommended way) or you might use "remap"
1910 instead which allows you to share multiple devices with only one
1911 export instead, which is achieved by remapping the original
1912 inode numbers from host to guest in a way that would prevent
1913 such collisions. Remapping inodes in such use cases is required
1914 because the original device IDs from host are never passed and
1915 exposed on guest. Instead all files of an export shared with
1916 virtfs always share the same device id on guest. So two files
1917 with identical inode numbers but from actually different devices
1918 on host would otherwise cause a file ID collision and hence
1919 potential misbehaviours on guest. "forbid" on the other hand
1920 assumes like "warn" that only one device is shared by the same
1921 export, however it will not only log a warning message but also
1922 deny access to additional devices on guest. Note though that
1923 "forbid" does currently not block all possible file access
1924 operations (e.g. readdir() would still return entries from other
1925 devices).
1926ERST
Gautham R Shenoy3d54abc2010-04-29 17:45:03 +05301927
Markus Armbruster61d70482017-10-02 16:03:03 +02001928DEF("iscsi", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_iscsi,
Daniel P. Berrangéc3b3a6c2022-12-01 04:25:05 -05001929 "-iscsi [user=user][,password=password][,password-secret=secret-id]\n"
1930 " [,header-digest=CRC32C|CR32C-NONE|NONE-CRC32C|NONE]\n"
Markus Armbruster61d70482017-10-02 16:03:03 +02001931 " [,initiator-name=initiator-iqn][,id=target-iqn]\n"
1932 " [,timeout=timeout]\n"
1933 " iSCSI session parameters\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
1934
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00001935SRST
1936``-iscsi``
1937 Configure iSCSI session parameters.
1938ERST
Markus Armbruster44743142017-10-02 16:03:04 +02001939
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00001940DEFHEADING()
1941
Thomas Huthc2a34ab2021-03-10 18:33:23 +01001942DEFHEADING(USB convenience options:)
Markus Armbruster10adb8b2013-02-13 19:49:43 +01001943
1944DEF("usb", 0, QEMU_OPTION_usb,
Stefan Hajnoczi73f46fe2019-08-15 15:14:28 +01001945 "-usb enable on-board USB host controller (if not enabled by default)\n",
Markus Armbruster10adb8b2013-02-13 19:49:43 +01001946 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00001947SRST
1948``-usb``
1949 Enable USB emulation on machine types with an on-board USB host
1950 controller (if not enabled by default). Note that on-board USB host
1951 controllers may not support USB 3.0. In this case
1952 ``-device qemu-xhci`` can be used instead on machines with PCI.
1953ERST
Markus Armbruster10adb8b2013-02-13 19:49:43 +01001954
1955DEF("usbdevice", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_usbdevice,
1956 "-usbdevice name add the host or guest USB device 'name'\n",
1957 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00001958SRST
1959``-usbdevice devname``
Thomas Huthc2a34ab2021-03-10 18:33:23 +01001960 Add the USB device devname, and enable an on-board USB controller
1961 if possible and necessary (just like it can be done via
1962 ``-machine usb=on``). Note that this option is mainly intended for
1963 the user's convenience only. More fine-grained control can be
1964 achieved by selecting a USB host controller (if necessary) and the
1965 desired USB device via the ``-device`` option instead. For example,
1966 instead of using ``-usbdevice mouse`` it is possible to use
1967 ``-device qemu-xhci -device usb-mouse`` to connect the USB mouse
1968 to a USB 3.0 controller instead (at least on machines that support
1969 PCI and do not have an USB controller enabled by default yet).
1970 For more details, see the chapter about
Thomas Huth923e9312020-11-16 15:47:36 +01001971 :ref:`Connecting USB devices` in the System Emulation Users Guide.
Thomas Huthc2a34ab2021-03-10 18:33:23 +01001972 Possible devices for devname are:
1973
1974 ``braille``
1975 Braille device. This will use BrlAPI to display the braille
1976 output on a real or fake device (i.e. it also creates a
1977 corresponding ``braille`` chardev automatically beside the
1978 ``usb-braille`` USB device).
1979
Thomas Huthc2a34ab2021-03-10 18:33:23 +01001980 ``keyboard``
1981 Standard USB keyboard. Will override the PS/2 keyboard (if present).
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00001982
1983 ``mouse``
1984 Virtual Mouse. This will override the PS/2 mouse emulation when
1985 activated.
1986
1987 ``tablet``
1988 Pointer device that uses absolute coordinates (like a
1989 touchscreen). This means QEMU is able to report the mouse
1990 position without having to grab the mouse. Also overrides the
1991 PS/2 mouse emulation when activated.
1992
Thomas Huthc2a34ab2021-03-10 18:33:23 +01001993 ``wacom-tablet``
1994 Wacom PenPartner USB tablet.
1995
1996
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00001997ERST
Markus Armbruster10adb8b2013-02-13 19:49:43 +01001998
Markus Armbruster10adb8b2013-02-13 19:49:43 +01001999DEFHEADING()
2000
Markus Armbrusterde6b4f92017-10-02 16:03:00 +02002001DEFHEADING(Display options:)
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00002002
Jes Sorensen1472a952011-03-16 13:33:31 +01002003DEF("display", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_display,
Thomas Huth88b40c62019-10-23 14:01:28 +02002004#if defined(CONFIG_SPICE)
Marc-André Lureaud8aec9d2019-02-21 12:07:03 +01002005 "-display spice-app[,gl=on|off]\n"
Thomas Huth88b40c62019-10-23 14:01:28 +02002006#endif
2007#if defined(CONFIG_SDL)
Thomas Hutha743d602022-05-19 17:56:23 +02002008 "-display sdl[,gl=on|core|es|off][,grab-mod=<mod>][,show-cursor=on|off]\n"
2009 " [,window-close=on|off]\n"
Thomas Huth88b40c62019-10-23 14:01:28 +02002010#endif
Robert Hof04ec5a2016-07-26 18:17:11 +08002011#if defined(CONFIG_GTK)
Thomas Huth95f439b2021-06-30 18:32:31 +02002012 "-display gtk[,full-screen=on|off][,gl=on|off][,grab-on-hover=on|off]\n"
Felix xq Queißnerc34a9332022-07-12 15:37:53 +02002013 " [,show-tabs=on|off][,show-cursor=on|off][,window-close=on|off]\n"
Bryce Millsdbccb1a2022-10-11 13:58:21 +00002014 " [,show-menubar=on|off]\n"
Thomas Huth88b40c62019-10-23 14:01:28 +02002015#endif
2016#if defined(CONFIG_VNC)
2017 "-display vnc=<display>[,<optargs>]\n"
2018#endif
2019#if defined(CONFIG_CURSES)
2020 "-display curses[,charset=<encoding>]\n"
2021#endif
Gustavo Noronha Silvaf844cdb2022-03-06 21:11:18 +09002022#if defined(CONFIG_COCOA)
Gustavo Noronha Silva4797adc2022-03-06 21:11:19 +09002023 "-display cocoa[,full-grab=on|off][,swap-opt-cmd=on|off]\n"
Gustavo Noronha Silvaf844cdb2022-03-06 21:11:18 +09002024#endif
Thomas Huth88b40c62019-10-23 14:01:28 +02002025#if defined(CONFIG_OPENGL)
2026 "-display egl-headless[,rendernode=<file>]\n"
2027#endif
Marc-André Lureau142ca622021-07-15 11:53:53 +04002028#if defined(CONFIG_DBUS_DISPLAY)
2029 "-display dbus[,addr=<dbusaddr>]\n"
2030 " [,gl=on|core|es|off][,rendernode=<file>]\n"
2031#endif
Carwyn Ellis48941a52022-01-02 17:41:52 +00002032#if defined(CONFIG_COCOA)
2033 "-display cocoa[,show-cursor=on|off][,left-command-key=on|off]\n"
2034#endif
Thomas Huth88b40c62019-10-23 14:01:28 +02002035 "-display none\n"
2036 " select display backend type\n"
2037 " The default display is equivalent to\n "
2038#if defined(CONFIG_GTK)
2039 "\"-display gtk\"\n"
Robert Hof04ec5a2016-07-26 18:17:11 +08002040#elif defined(CONFIG_SDL)
Thomas Huth88b40c62019-10-23 14:01:28 +02002041 "\"-display sdl\"\n"
Robert Hof04ec5a2016-07-26 18:17:11 +08002042#elif defined(CONFIG_COCOA)
Thomas Huth88b40c62019-10-23 14:01:28 +02002043 "\"-display cocoa\"\n"
Robert Hof04ec5a2016-07-26 18:17:11 +08002044#elif defined(CONFIG_VNC)
Thomas Huth88b40c62019-10-23 14:01:28 +02002045 "\"-vnc localhost:0,to=99,id=default\"\n"
Robert Hof04ec5a2016-07-26 18:17:11 +08002046#else
Thomas Huth88b40c62019-10-23 14:01:28 +02002047 "\"-display none\"\n"
Robert Hof04ec5a2016-07-26 18:17:11 +08002048#endif
2049 , QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00002050SRST
2051``-display type``
Thomas Huth707d93d2022-05-19 17:56:25 +02002052 Select type of display to use. Use ``-display help`` to list the available
2053 display types. Valid values for type are
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00002054
Ahmed Abouziedddc71752021-06-01 19:41:18 +02002055 ``spice-app[,gl=on|off]``
2056 Start QEMU as a Spice server and launch the default Spice client
2057 application. The Spice server will redirect the serial consoles
2058 and QEMU monitors. (Since 4.0)
2059
Marc-André Lureau142ca622021-07-15 11:53:53 +04002060 ``dbus``
2061 Export the display over D-Bus interfaces. (Since 7.0)
2062
2063 The connection is registered with the "org.qemu" name (and queued when
2064 already owned).
2065
2066 ``addr=<dbusaddr>`` : D-Bus bus address to connect to.
2067
Marc-André Lureau99997822021-10-10 00:16:57 +04002068 ``p2p=yes|no`` : Use peer-to-peer connection, accepted via QMP ``add_client``.
2069
2070 ``gl=on|off|core|es`` : Use OpenGL for rendering (the D-Bus interface
2071 will share framebuffers with DMABUF file descriptors).
Marc-André Lureau142ca622021-07-15 11:53:53 +04002072
Thomas Huth95f439b2021-06-30 18:32:31 +02002073 ``sdl``
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00002074 Display video output via SDL (usually in a separate graphics
2075 window; see the SDL documentation for other possibilities).
Thomas Huth95f439b2021-06-30 18:32:31 +02002076 Valid parameters are:
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00002077
Thomas Huth8e8e8442021-08-25 11:20:21 +02002078 ``grab-mod=<mods>`` : Used to select the modifier keys for toggling
John Snow450e0f22021-10-04 17:52:36 -04002079 the mouse grabbing in conjunction with the "g" key. ``<mods>`` can be
2080 either ``lshift-lctrl-lalt`` or ``rctrl``.
Thomas Huth8e8e8442021-08-25 11:20:21 +02002081
Thomas Huth95f439b2021-06-30 18:32:31 +02002082 ``gl=on|off|core|es`` : Use OpenGL for displaying
2083
2084 ``show-cursor=on|off`` : Force showing the mouse cursor
2085
2086 ``window-close=on|off`` : Allow to quit qemu with window close button
2087
2088 ``gtk``
Ahmed Abouziedddc71752021-06-01 19:41:18 +02002089 Display video output in a GTK window. This interface provides
2090 drop-down menus and other UI elements to configure and control
Thomas Huth95f439b2021-06-30 18:32:31 +02002091 the VM during runtime. Valid parameters are:
Ahmed Abouziedddc71752021-06-01 19:41:18 +02002092
Thomas Huth95f439b2021-06-30 18:32:31 +02002093 ``full-screen=on|off`` : Start in fullscreen mode
2094
2095 ``gl=on|off`` : Use OpenGL for displaying
2096
2097 ``grab-on-hover=on|off`` : Grab keyboard input on mouse hover
2098
Felix xq Queißnerc34a9332022-07-12 15:37:53 +02002099 ``show-tabs=on|off`` : Display the tab bar for switching between the
2100 various graphical interfaces (e.g. VGA and
2101 virtual console character devices) by default.
2102
Thomas Huth95f439b2021-06-30 18:32:31 +02002103 ``show-cursor=on|off`` : Force showing the mouse cursor
2104
2105 ``window-close=on|off`` : Allow to quit qemu with window close button
2106
Bryce Millsdbccb1a2022-10-11 13:58:21 +00002107 ``show-menubar=on|off`` : Display the main window menubar, defaults to "on"
2108
Thomas Huth95f439b2021-06-30 18:32:31 +02002109 ``curses[,charset=<encoding>]``
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00002110 Display video output via curses. For graphics device models
2111 which support a text mode, QEMU can display this output using a
2112 curses/ncurses interface. Nothing is displayed when the graphics
2113 device is in graphical mode or if the graphics device does not
2114 support a text mode. Generally only the VGA device models
2115 support text mode. The font charset used by the guest can be
2116 specified with the ``charset`` option, for example
2117 ``charset=CP850`` for IBM CP850 encoding. The default is
2118 ``CP437``.
2119
Carwyn Ellis48941a52022-01-02 17:41:52 +00002120 ``cocoa``
2121 Display video output in a Cocoa window. Mac only. This interface
2122 provides drop-down menus and other UI elements to configure and
2123 control the VM during runtime. Valid parameters are:
2124
2125 ``show-cursor=on|off`` : Force showing the mouse cursor
2126
2127 ``left-command-key=on|off`` : Disable forwarding left command key to host
2128
Thomas Huth95f439b2021-06-30 18:32:31 +02002129 ``egl-headless[,rendernode=<file>]``
Ahmed Abouziedddc71752021-06-01 19:41:18 +02002130 Offload all OpenGL operations to a local DRI device. For any
2131 graphical display, this display needs to be paired with either
2132 VNC or SPICE displays.
2133
Thomas Huth95f439b2021-06-30 18:32:31 +02002134 ``vnc=<display>``
2135 Start a VNC server on display <display>
2136
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00002137 ``none``
2138 Do not display video output. The guest will still see an
2139 emulated graphics card, but its output will not be displayed to
2140 the QEMU user. This option differs from the -nographic option in
2141 that it only affects what is done with video output; -nographic
2142 also changes the destination of the serial and parallel port
2143 data.
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00002144ERST
Jes Sorensen1472a952011-03-16 13:33:31 +01002145
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00002146DEF("nographic", 0, QEMU_OPTION_nographic,
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00002147 "-nographic disable graphical output and redirect serial I/Os to console\n",
2148 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00002149SRST
2150``-nographic``
2151 Normally, if QEMU is compiled with graphical window support, it
2152 displays output such as guest graphics, guest console, and the QEMU
2153 monitor in a window. With this option, you can totally disable
2154 graphical output so that QEMU is a simple command line application.
2155 The emulated serial port is redirected on the console and muxed with
2156 the monitor (unless redirected elsewhere explicitly). Therefore, you
2157 can still use QEMU to debug a Linux kernel with a serial console.
2158 Use C-a h for help on switching between the console and monitor.
2159ERST
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00002160
Marc-André Lureau5324e3e2021-09-09 12:44:11 +04002161#ifdef CONFIG_SPICE
Gerd Hoffmann29b00402010-03-11 11:13:27 -03002162DEF("spice", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_spice,
Yonit Halperin27af7782012-08-21 13:54:20 +03002163 "-spice [port=port][,tls-port=secured-port][,x509-dir=<dir>]\n"
2164 " [,x509-key-file=<file>][,x509-key-password=<file>]\n"
2165 " [,x509-cert-file=<file>][,x509-cacert-file=<file>]\n"
Daniel P. Berrangéa9daa362021-02-16 19:10:20 +00002166 " [,x509-dh-key-file=<file>][,addr=addr]\n"
2167 " [,ipv4=on|off][,ipv6=on|off][,unix=on|off]\n"
Yonit Halperin27af7782012-08-21 13:54:20 +03002168 " [,tls-ciphers=<list>]\n"
2169 " [,tls-channel=[main|display|cursor|inputs|record|playback]]\n"
2170 " [,plaintext-channel=[main|display|cursor|inputs|record|playback]]\n"
Daniel P. Berrangé99522f62021-03-11 11:43:42 +00002171 " [,sasl=on|off][,disable-ticketing=on|off]\n"
Daniel P. Berrangé36debaf2022-12-01 04:22:11 -05002172 " [,password-secret=<secret-id>]\n"
Yonit Halperin27af7782012-08-21 13:54:20 +03002173 " [,image-compression=[auto_glz|auto_lz|quic|glz|lz|off]]\n"
2174 " [,jpeg-wan-compression=[auto|never|always]]\n"
2175 " [,zlib-glz-wan-compression=[auto|never|always]]\n"
Daniel P. Berrangéa9daa362021-02-16 19:10:20 +00002176 " [,streaming-video=[off|all|filter]][,disable-copy-paste=on|off]\n"
2177 " [,disable-agent-file-xfer=on|off][,agent-mouse=[on|off]]\n"
Hans de Goede5ad24e52013-06-08 15:37:27 +02002178 " [,playback-compression=[on|off]][,seamless-migration=[on|off]]\n"
Marc-André Lureau7b525502017-02-12 15:21:18 +04002179 " [,gl=[on|off]][,rendernode=<file>]\n"
Yonit Halperin27af7782012-08-21 13:54:20 +03002180 " enable spice\n"
2181 " at least one of {port, tls-port} is mandatory\n",
2182 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Marc-André Lureau5324e3e2021-09-09 12:44:11 +04002183#endif
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00002184SRST
2185``-spice option[,option[,...]]``
2186 Enable the spice remote desktop protocol. Valid options are
2187
2188 ``port=<nr>``
2189 Set the TCP port spice is listening on for plaintext channels.
2190
2191 ``addr=<addr>``
2192 Set the IP address spice is listening on. Default is any
2193 address.
2194
Daniel P. Berrangéa9daa362021-02-16 19:10:20 +00002195 ``ipv4=on|off``; \ ``ipv6=on|off``; \ ``unix=on|off``
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00002196 Force using the specified IP version.
2197
Daniel P. Berrangé99522f62021-03-11 11:43:42 +00002198 ``password-secret=<secret-id>``
2199 Set the ID of the ``secret`` object containing the password
2200 you need to authenticate.
2201
Daniel P. Berrangéa9daa362021-02-16 19:10:20 +00002202 ``sasl=on|off``
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00002203 Require that the client use SASL to authenticate with the spice.
2204 The exact choice of authentication method used is controlled
2205 from the system / user's SASL configuration file for the 'qemu'
2206 service. This is typically found in /etc/sasl2/qemu.conf. If
2207 running QEMU as an unprivileged user, an environment variable
2208 SASL\_CONF\_PATH can be used to make it search alternate
2209 locations for the service config. While some SASL auth methods
2210 can also provide data encryption (eg GSSAPI), it is recommended
2211 that SASL always be combined with the 'tls' and 'x509' settings
2212 to enable use of SSL and server certificates. This ensures a
2213 data encryption preventing compromise of authentication
2214 credentials.
2215
Daniel P. Berrangéa9daa362021-02-16 19:10:20 +00002216 ``disable-ticketing=on|off``
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00002217 Allow client connects without authentication.
2218
Daniel P. Berrangéa9daa362021-02-16 19:10:20 +00002219 ``disable-copy-paste=on|off``
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00002220 Disable copy paste between the client and the guest.
2221
Daniel P. Berrangéa9daa362021-02-16 19:10:20 +00002222 ``disable-agent-file-xfer=on|off``
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00002223 Disable spice-vdagent based file-xfer between the client and the
2224 guest.
2225
2226 ``tls-port=<nr>``
2227 Set the TCP port spice is listening on for encrypted channels.
2228
2229 ``x509-dir=<dir>``
2230 Set the x509 file directory. Expects same filenames as -vnc
2231 $display,x509=$dir
2232
2233 ``x509-key-file=<file>``; \ ``x509-key-password=<file>``; \ ``x509-cert-file=<file>``; \ ``x509-cacert-file=<file>``; \ ``x509-dh-key-file=<file>``
2234 The x509 file names can also be configured individually.
2235
2236 ``tls-ciphers=<list>``
2237 Specify which ciphers to use.
2238
2239 ``tls-channel=[main|display|cursor|inputs|record|playback]``; \ ``plaintext-channel=[main|display|cursor|inputs|record|playback]``
2240 Force specific channel to be used with or without TLS
2241 encryption. The options can be specified multiple times to
2242 configure multiple channels. The special name "default" can be
2243 used to set the default mode. For channels which are not
2244 explicitly forced into one mode the spice client is allowed to
2245 pick tls/plaintext as he pleases.
2246
2247 ``image-compression=[auto_glz|auto_lz|quic|glz|lz|off]``
2248 Configure image compression (lossless). Default is auto\_glz.
2249
2250 ``jpeg-wan-compression=[auto|never|always]``; \ ``zlib-glz-wan-compression=[auto|never|always]``
2251 Configure wan image compression (lossy for slow links). Default
2252 is auto.
2253
2254 ``streaming-video=[off|all|filter]``
2255 Configure video stream detection. Default is off.
2256
2257 ``agent-mouse=[on|off]``
2258 Enable/disable passing mouse events via vdagent. Default is on.
2259
2260 ``playback-compression=[on|off]``
2261 Enable/disable audio stream compression (using celt 0.5.1).
2262 Default is on.
2263
2264 ``seamless-migration=[on|off]``
2265 Enable/disable spice seamless migration. Default is off.
2266
2267 ``gl=[on|off]``
2268 Enable/disable OpenGL context. Default is off.
2269
2270 ``rendernode=<file>``
2271 DRM render node for OpenGL rendering. If not specified, it will
2272 pick the first available. (Since 2.9)
2273ERST
Gerd Hoffmann29b00402010-03-11 11:13:27 -03002274
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00002275DEF("portrait", 0, QEMU_OPTION_portrait,
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00002276 "-portrait rotate graphical output 90 deg left (only PXA LCD)\n",
2277 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00002278SRST
2279``-portrait``
2280 Rotate graphical output 90 deg left (only PXA LCD).
2281ERST
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00002282
Vasily Khoruzhick93128052011-06-17 13:04:36 +03002283DEF("rotate", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_rotate,
2284 "-rotate <deg> rotate graphical output some deg left (only PXA LCD)\n",
2285 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00002286SRST
2287``-rotate deg``
2288 Rotate graphical output some deg left (only PXA LCD).
2289ERST
Vasily Khoruzhick93128052011-06-17 13:04:36 +03002290
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00002291DEF("vga", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_vga,
Gerd Hoffmanna94f0c52014-09-10 14:28:48 +02002292 "-vga [std|cirrus|vmware|qxl|xenfb|tcx|cg3|virtio|none]\n"
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00002293 " select video card type\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00002294SRST
2295``-vga type``
2296 Select type of VGA card to emulate. Valid values for type are
2297
2298 ``cirrus``
2299 Cirrus Logic GD5446 Video card. All Windows versions starting
2300 from Windows 95 should recognize and use this graphic card. For
2301 optimal performances, use 16 bit color depth in the guest and
2302 the host OS. (This card was the default before QEMU 2.2)
2303
2304 ``std``
2305 Standard VGA card with Bochs VBE extensions. If your guest OS
2306 supports the VESA 2.0 VBE extensions (e.g. Windows XP) and if
2307 you want to use high resolution modes (>= 1280x1024x16) then you
2308 should use this option. (This card is the default since QEMU
2309 2.2)
2310
2311 ``vmware``
2312 VMWare SVGA-II compatible adapter. Use it if you have
2313 sufficiently recent XFree86/XOrg server or Windows guest with a
2314 driver for this card.
2315
2316 ``qxl``
2317 QXL paravirtual graphic card. It is VGA compatible (including
2318 VESA 2.0 VBE support). Works best with qxl guest drivers
2319 installed though. Recommended choice when using the spice
2320 protocol.
2321
2322 ``tcx``
2323 (sun4m only) Sun TCX framebuffer. This is the default
2324 framebuffer for sun4m machines and offers both 8-bit and 24-bit
2325 colour depths at a fixed resolution of 1024x768.
2326
2327 ``cg3``
2328 (sun4m only) Sun cgthree framebuffer. This is a simple 8-bit
2329 framebuffer for sun4m machines available in both 1024x768
2330 (OpenBIOS) and 1152x900 (OBP) resolutions aimed at people
2331 wishing to run older Solaris versions.
2332
2333 ``virtio``
2334 Virtio VGA card.
2335
2336 ``none``
2337 Disable VGA card.
2338ERST
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00002339
2340DEF("full-screen", 0, QEMU_OPTION_full_screen,
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00002341 "-full-screen start in full screen\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00002342SRST
2343``-full-screen``
2344 Start in full screen.
2345ERST
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00002346
John Snow60f9a4e2020-02-04 11:56:38 -05002347DEF("g", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_g ,
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00002348 "-g WxH[xDEPTH] Set the initial graphical resolution and depth\n",
Laurent Vivier8ac919a2019-10-26 18:45:43 +02002349 QEMU_ARCH_PPC | QEMU_ARCH_SPARC | QEMU_ARCH_M68K)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00002350SRST
Peter Maydell09ce5f22020-02-28 15:36:13 +00002351``-g`` *width*\ ``x``\ *height*\ ``[x``\ *depth*\ ``]``
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00002352 Set the initial graphical resolution and depth (PPC, SPARC only).
2353
2354 For PPC the default is 800x600x32.
2355
2356 For SPARC with the TCX graphics device, the default is 1024x768x8
2357 with the option of 1024x768x24. For cgthree, the default is
2358 1024x768x8 with the option of 1152x900x8 for people who wish to use
2359 OBP.
2360ERST
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00002361
2362DEF("vnc", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_vnc ,
Robert Hof04ec5a2016-07-26 18:17:11 +08002363 "-vnc <display> shorthand for -display vnc=<display>\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00002364SRST
2365``-vnc display[,option[,option[,...]]]``
2366 Normally, if QEMU is compiled with graphical window support, it
2367 displays output such as guest graphics, guest console, and the QEMU
2368 monitor in a window. With this option, you can have QEMU listen on
2369 VNC display display and redirect the VGA display over the VNC
2370 session. It is very useful to enable the usb tablet device when
2371 using this option (option ``-device usb-tablet``). When using the
2372 VNC display, you must use the ``-k`` parameter to set the keyboard
2373 layout if you are not using en-us. Valid syntax for the display is
2374
2375 ``to=L``
2376 With this option, QEMU will try next available VNC displays,
2377 until the number L, if the origianlly defined "-vnc display" is
2378 not available, e.g. port 5900+display is already used by another
2379 application. By default, to=0.
2380
2381 ``host:d``
2382 TCP connections will only be allowed from host on display d. By
2383 convention the TCP port is 5900+d. Optionally, host can be
2384 omitted in which case the server will accept connections from
2385 any host.
2386
2387 ``unix:path``
2388 Connections will be allowed over UNIX domain sockets where path
2389 is the location of a unix socket to listen for connections on.
2390
2391 ``none``
2392 VNC is initialized but not started. The monitor ``change``
2393 command can be used to later start the VNC server.
2394
2395 Following the display value there may be one or more option flags
2396 separated by commas. Valid options are
2397
Daniel P. Berrangé82a17d12021-02-16 19:10:23 +00002398 ``reverse=on|off``
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00002399 Connect to a listening VNC client via a "reverse" connection.
2400 The client is specified by the display. For reverse network
2401 connections (host:d,``reverse``), the d argument is a TCP port
2402 number, not a display number.
2403
Daniel P. Berrangé82a17d12021-02-16 19:10:23 +00002404 ``websocket=on|off``
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00002405 Opens an additional TCP listening port dedicated to VNC
2406 Websocket connections. If a bare websocket option is given, the
2407 Websocket port is 5700+display. An alternative port can be
2408 specified with the syntax ``websocket``\ =port.
2409
2410 If host is specified connections will only be allowed from this
2411 host. It is possible to control the websocket listen address
2412 independently, using the syntax ``websocket``\ =host:port.
2413
2414 If no TLS credentials are provided, the websocket connection
2415 runs in unencrypted mode. If TLS credentials are provided, the
2416 websocket connection requires encrypted client connections.
2417
Daniel P. Berrangé82a17d12021-02-16 19:10:23 +00002418 ``password=on|off``
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00002419 Require that password based authentication is used for client
2420 connections.
2421
2422 The password must be set separately using the ``set_password``
Thomas Huth923e9312020-11-16 15:47:36 +01002423 command in the :ref:`QEMU monitor`. The
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00002424 syntax to change your password is:
2425 ``set_password <protocol> <password>`` where <protocol> could be
2426 either "vnc" or "spice".
2427
2428 If you would like to change <protocol> password expiration, you
2429 should use ``expire_password <protocol> <expiration-time>``
2430 where expiration time could be one of the following options:
2431 now, never, +seconds or UNIX time of expiration, e.g. +60 to
2432 make password expire in 60 seconds, or 1335196800 to make
2433 password expire on "Mon Apr 23 12:00:00 EDT 2012" (UNIX time for
2434 this date and time).
2435
2436 You can also use keywords "now" or "never" for the expiration
2437 time to allow <protocol> password to expire immediately or never
2438 expire.
2439
Daniel P. Berrangé6c6840e2021-03-11 11:43:41 +00002440 ``password-secret=<secret-id>``
2441 Require that password based authentication is used for client
2442 connections, using the password provided by the ``secret``
2443 object identified by ``secret-id``.
2444
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00002445 ``tls-creds=ID``
2446 Provides the ID of a set of TLS credentials to use to secure the
2447 VNC server. They will apply to both the normal VNC server socket
2448 and the websocket socket (if enabled). Setting TLS credentials
2449 will cause the VNC server socket to enable the VeNCrypt auth
2450 mechanism. The credentials should have been previously created
2451 using the ``-object tls-creds`` argument.
2452
2453 ``tls-authz=ID``
2454 Provides the ID of the QAuthZ authorization object against which
2455 the client's x509 distinguished name will validated. This object
2456 is only resolved at time of use, so can be deleted and recreated
2457 on the fly while the VNC server is active. If missing, it will
2458 default to denying access.
2459
Daniel P. Berrangé82a17d12021-02-16 19:10:23 +00002460 ``sasl=on|off``
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00002461 Require that the client use SASL to authenticate with the VNC
2462 server. The exact choice of authentication method used is
2463 controlled from the system / user's SASL configuration file for
2464 the 'qemu' service. This is typically found in
2465 /etc/sasl2/qemu.conf. If running QEMU as an unprivileged user,
2466 an environment variable SASL\_CONF\_PATH can be used to make it
2467 search alternate locations for the service config. While some
2468 SASL auth methods can also provide data encryption (eg GSSAPI),
2469 it is recommended that SASL always be combined with the 'tls'
2470 and 'x509' settings to enable use of SSL and server
2471 certificates. This ensures a data encryption preventing
2472 compromise of authentication credentials. See the
Thomas Huth923e9312020-11-16 15:47:36 +01002473 :ref:`VNC security` section in the System Emulation Users Guide
2474 for details on using SASL authentication.
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00002475
2476 ``sasl-authz=ID``
2477 Provides the ID of the QAuthZ authorization object against which
2478 the client's SASL username will validated. This object is only
2479 resolved at time of use, so can be deleted and recreated on the
2480 fly while the VNC server is active. If missing, it will default
2481 to denying access.
2482
Daniel P. Berrangé82a17d12021-02-16 19:10:23 +00002483 ``acl=on|off``
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00002484 Legacy method for enabling authorization of clients against the
2485 x509 distinguished name and SASL username. It results in the
2486 creation of two ``authz-list`` objects with IDs of
2487 ``vnc.username`` and ``vnc.x509dname``. The rules for these
2488 objects must be configured with the HMP ACL commands.
2489
2490 This option is deprecated and should no longer be used. The new
2491 ``sasl-authz`` and ``tls-authz`` options are a replacement.
2492
Daniel P. Berrangé82a17d12021-02-16 19:10:23 +00002493 ``lossy=on|off``
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00002494 Enable lossy compression methods (gradient, JPEG, ...). If this
2495 option is set, VNC client may receive lossy framebuffer updates
2496 depending on its encoding settings. Enabling this option can
2497 save a lot of bandwidth at the expense of quality.
2498
Daniel P. Berrangé82a17d12021-02-16 19:10:23 +00002499 ``non-adaptive=on|off``
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00002500 Disable adaptive encodings. Adaptive encodings are enabled by
2501 default. An adaptive encoding will try to detect frequently
2502 updated screen regions, and send updates in these regions using
2503 a lossy encoding (like JPEG). This can be really helpful to save
2504 bandwidth when playing videos. Disabling adaptive encodings
2505 restores the original static behavior of encodings like Tight.
2506
2507 ``share=[allow-exclusive|force-shared|ignore]``
2508 Set display sharing policy. 'allow-exclusive' allows clients to
2509 ask for exclusive access. As suggested by the rfb spec this is
2510 implemented by dropping other connections. Connecting multiple
2511 clients in parallel requires all clients asking for a shared
2512 session (vncviewer: -shared switch). This is the default.
2513 'force-shared' disables exclusive client access. Useful for
2514 shared desktop sessions, where you don't want someone forgetting
2515 specify -shared disconnect everybody else. 'ignore' completely
2516 ignores the shared flag and allows everybody connect
2517 unconditionally. Doesn't conform to the rfb spec but is
2518 traditional QEMU behavior.
2519
2520 ``key-delay-ms``
2521 Set keyboard delay, for key down and key up events, in
2522 milliseconds. Default is 10. Keyboards are low-bandwidth
2523 devices, so this slowdown can help the device and guest to keep
2524 up and not lose events in case events are arriving in bulk.
2525 Possible causes for the latter are flaky network connections, or
2526 scripts for automated testing.
2527
2528 ``audiodev=audiodev``
2529 Use the specified audiodev when the VNC client requests audio
2530 transmission. When not using an -audiodev argument, this option
2531 must be omitted, otherwise is must be present and specify a
2532 valid audiodev.
Daniel P. Berrangé7b5fa0b2020-12-11 16:08:25 +00002533
Daniel P. Berrangé82a17d12021-02-16 19:10:23 +00002534 ``power-control=on|off``
Daniel P. Berrangé7b5fa0b2020-12-11 16:08:25 +00002535 Permit the remote client to issue shutdown, reboot or reset power
2536 control requests.
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00002537ERST
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00002538
Michael Ellermana3adb7a2011-12-19 17:19:31 +11002539ARCHHEADING(, QEMU_ARCH_I386)
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00002540
Markus Armbrusterde6b4f92017-10-02 16:03:00 +02002541ARCHHEADING(i386 target only:, QEMU_ARCH_I386)
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00002542
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00002543DEF("win2k-hack", 0, QEMU_OPTION_win2k_hack,
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00002544 "-win2k-hack use it when installing Windows 2000 to avoid a disk full bug\n",
2545 QEMU_ARCH_I386)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00002546SRST
2547``-win2k-hack``
2548 Use it when installing Windows 2000 to avoid a disk full bug. After
2549 Windows 2000 is installed, you no longer need this option (this
2550 option slows down the IDE transfers).
2551ERST
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00002552
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00002553DEF("no-fd-bootchk", 0, QEMU_OPTION_no_fd_bootchk,
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00002554 "-no-fd-bootchk disable boot signature checking for floppy disks\n",
2555 QEMU_ARCH_I386)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00002556SRST
2557``-no-fd-bootchk``
2558 Disable boot signature checking for floppy disks in BIOS. May be
2559 needed to boot from old floppy disks.
2560ERST
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00002561
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00002562DEF("no-acpi", 0, QEMU_OPTION_no_acpi,
Shannon Zhaof5d8c8c2015-05-29 11:28:54 +01002563 "-no-acpi disable ACPI\n", QEMU_ARCH_I386 | QEMU_ARCH_ARM)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00002564SRST
2565``-no-acpi``
2566 Disable ACPI (Advanced Configuration and Power Interface) support.
2567 Use it if your guest OS complains about ACPI problems (PC target
2568 machine only).
2569ERST
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00002570
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00002571DEF("no-hpet", 0, QEMU_OPTION_no_hpet,
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00002572 "-no-hpet disable HPET\n", QEMU_ARCH_I386)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00002573SRST
2574``-no-hpet``
Thomas Huthdf373302022-12-29 12:49:13 +01002575 Disable HPET support. Deprecated, use '-machine hpet=off' instead.
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00002576ERST
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00002577
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00002578DEF("acpitable", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_acpitable,
Michael Tokarev104bf022011-05-12 18:44:17 +04002579 "-acpitable [sig=str][,rev=n][,oem_id=str][,oem_table_id=str][,oem_rev=n][,asl_compiler_id=str][,asl_compiler_rev=n][,{data|file}=file1[:file2]...]\n"
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00002580 " ACPI table description\n", QEMU_ARCH_I386)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00002581SRST
2582``-acpitable [sig=str][,rev=n][,oem_id=str][,oem_table_id=str][,oem_rev=n] [,asl_compiler_id=str][,asl_compiler_rev=n][,data=file1[:file2]...]``
2583 Add ACPI table with specified header fields and context from
2584 specified files. For file=, take whole ACPI table from the specified
2585 files, including all ACPI headers (possible overridden by other
2586 options). For data=, only data portion of the table is used, all
2587 header information is specified in the command line. If a SLIC table
2588 is supplied to QEMU, then the SLIC's oem\_id and oem\_table\_id
2589 fields will override the same in the RSDT and the FADT (a.k.a.
2590 FACP), in order to ensure the field matches required by the
2591 Microsoft SLIC spec and the ACPI spec.
2592ERST
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00002593
aliguorib6f6e3d2009-04-17 18:59:56 +00002594DEF("smbios", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_smbios,
2595 "-smbios file=binary\n"
Bruce Rogersca1a8a02010-01-06 12:33:57 -07002596 " load SMBIOS entry from binary file\n"
Gabriel L. Somlob155eb12015-02-05 11:45:30 -05002597 "-smbios type=0[,vendor=str][,version=str][,date=str][,release=%d.%d]\n"
2598 " [,uefi=on|off]\n"
Bruce Rogersca1a8a02010-01-06 12:33:57 -07002599 " specify SMBIOS type 0 fields\n"
aliguorib6f6e3d2009-04-17 18:59:56 +00002600 "-smbios type=1[,manufacturer=str][,product=str][,version=str][,serial=str]\n"
2601 " [,uuid=uuid][,sku=str][,family=str]\n"
Gabriel L. Somlob155eb12015-02-05 11:45:30 -05002602 " specify SMBIOS type 1 fields\n"
2603 "-smbios type=2[,manufacturer=str][,product=str][,version=str][,serial=str]\n"
2604 " [,asset=str][,location=str]\n"
2605 " specify SMBIOS type 2 fields\n"
2606 "-smbios type=3[,manufacturer=str][,version=str][,serial=str][,asset=str]\n"
2607 " [,sku=str]\n"
2608 " specify SMBIOS type 3 fields\n"
2609 "-smbios type=4[,sock_pfx=str][,manufacturer=str][,version=str][,serial=str]\n"
Ying Fangc906e032020-08-06 11:56:33 +08002610 " [,asset=str][,part=str][,max-speed=%d][,current-speed=%d]\n"
Patrick Venturecb5fb042022-01-25 08:31:18 -08002611 " [,processor-id=%d]\n"
Gabriel L. Somlob155eb12015-02-05 11:45:30 -05002612 " specify SMBIOS type 4 fields\n"
Hal Martinfd8caa22022-08-12 15:51:53 +02002613 "-smbios type=8[,external_reference=str][,internal_reference=str][,connector_type=%d][,port_type=%d]\n"
2614 " specify SMBIOS type 8 fields\n"
Daniel P. Berrangé48a7ff42020-09-23 14:38:04 +01002615 "-smbios type=11[,value=str][,path=filename]\n"
2616 " specify SMBIOS type 11 fields\n"
Gabriel L. Somlob155eb12015-02-05 11:45:30 -05002617 "-smbios type=17[,loc_pfx=str][,bank=str][,manufacturer=str][,serial=str]\n"
Gabriel L. Somlo3ebd6cc2015-03-11 13:58:01 -04002618 " [,asset=str][,part=str][,speed=%d]\n"
Vincent Bernat05dfb442021-04-01 19:11:38 +02002619 " specify SMBIOS type 17 fields\n"
2620 "-smbios type=41[,designation=str][,kind=str][,instance=%d][,pcidev=str]\n"
2621 " specify SMBIOS type 41 fields\n",
Song Gao4934cc52023-02-07 17:04:06 +08002622 QEMU_ARCH_I386 | QEMU_ARCH_ARM | QEMU_ARCH_LOONGARCH)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00002623SRST
2624``-smbios file=binary``
2625 Load SMBIOS entry from binary file.
2626
2627``-smbios type=0[,vendor=str][,version=str][,date=str][,release=%d.%d][,uefi=on|off]``
2628 Specify SMBIOS type 0 fields
2629
2630``-smbios type=1[,manufacturer=str][,product=str][,version=str][,serial=str][,uuid=uuid][,sku=str][,family=str]``
2631 Specify SMBIOS type 1 fields
2632
2633``-smbios type=2[,manufacturer=str][,product=str][,version=str][,serial=str][,asset=str][,location=str]``
2634 Specify SMBIOS type 2 fields
2635
2636``-smbios type=3[,manufacturer=str][,version=str][,serial=str][,asset=str][,sku=str]``
2637 Specify SMBIOS type 3 fields
2638
Patrick Venturecb5fb042022-01-25 08:31:18 -08002639``-smbios type=4[,sock_pfx=str][,manufacturer=str][,version=str][,serial=str][,asset=str][,part=str][,processor-id=%d]``
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00002640 Specify SMBIOS type 4 fields
2641
Daniel P. Berrangé48a7ff42020-09-23 14:38:04 +01002642``-smbios type=11[,value=str][,path=filename]``
2643 Specify SMBIOS type 11 fields
2644
2645 This argument can be repeated multiple times, and values are added in the order they are parsed.
2646 Applications intending to use OEM strings data are encouraged to use their application name as
2647 a prefix for the value string. This facilitates passing information for multiple applications
2648 concurrently.
2649
2650 The ``value=str`` syntax provides the string data inline, while the ``path=filename`` syntax
2651 loads data from a file on disk. Note that the file is not permitted to contain any NUL bytes.
2652
2653 Both the ``value`` and ``path`` options can be repeated multiple times and will be added to
2654 the SMBIOS table in the order in which they appear.
2655
2656 Note that on the x86 architecture, the total size of all SMBIOS tables is limited to 65535
2657 bytes. Thus the OEM strings data is not suitable for passing large amounts of data into the
2658 guest. Instead it should be used as a indicator to inform the guest where to locate the real
2659 data set, for example, by specifying the serial ID of a block device.
2660
2661 An example passing three strings is
2662
2663 .. parsed-literal::
2664
2665 -smbios type=11,value=cloud-init:ds=nocloud-net;s=http://10.10.0.1:8000/,\\
2666 value=anaconda:method=http://dl.fedoraproject.org/pub/fedora/linux/releases/25/x86_64/os,\\
2667 path=/some/file/with/oemstringsdata.txt
2668
2669 In the guest OS this is visible with the ``dmidecode`` command
2670
2671 .. parsed-literal::
2672
2673 $ dmidecode -t 11
2674 Handle 0x0E00, DMI type 11, 5 bytes
2675 OEM Strings
2676 String 1: cloud-init:ds=nocloud-net;s=http://10.10.0.1:8000/
2677 String 2: anaconda:method=http://dl.fedoraproject.org/pub/fedora/linux/releases/25/x86_64/os
2678 String 3: myapp:some extra data
2679
2680
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00002681``-smbios type=17[,loc_pfx=str][,bank=str][,manufacturer=str][,serial=str][,asset=str][,part=str][,speed=%d]``
2682 Specify SMBIOS type 17 fields
Vincent Bernat05dfb442021-04-01 19:11:38 +02002683
2684``-smbios type=41[,designation=str][,kind=str][,instance=%d][,pcidev=str]``
2685 Specify SMBIOS type 41 fields
2686
2687 This argument can be repeated multiple times. Its main use is to allow network interfaces be created
2688 as ``enoX`` on Linux, with X being the instance number, instead of the name depending on the interface
2689 position on the PCI bus.
2690
2691 Here is an example of use:
2692
2693 .. parsed-literal::
2694
2695 -netdev user,id=internet \\
2696 -device virtio-net-pci,mac=50:54:00:00:00:42,netdev=internet,id=internet-dev \\
2697 -smbios type=41,designation='Onboard LAN',instance=1,kind=ethernet,pcidev=internet-dev
2698
2699 In the guest OS, the device should then appear as ``eno1``:
2700
2701 ..parsed-literal::
2702
2703 $ ip -brief l
2704 lo UNKNOWN 00:00:00:00:00:00 <LOOPBACK,UP,LOWER_UP>
2705 eno1 UP 50:54:00:00:00:42 <BROADCAST,MULTICAST,UP,LOWER_UP>
2706
2707 Currently, the PCI device has to be attached to the root bus.
2708
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00002709ERST
aliguorib6f6e3d2009-04-17 18:59:56 +00002710
Markus Armbrusterc70a01e2013-02-13 19:49:40 +01002711DEFHEADING()
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00002712
Markus Armbrusterde6b4f92017-10-02 16:03:00 +02002713DEFHEADING(Network options:)
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00002714
Thomas Huth6a8b4a52015-05-15 16:58:24 +02002715DEF("netdev", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_netdev,
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00002716#ifdef CONFIG_SLIRP
Daniel P. Berrangé8b0dc242021-02-16 19:10:21 +00002717 "-netdev user,id=str[,ipv4=on|off][,net=addr[/mask]][,host=addr]\n"
2718 " [,ipv6=on|off][,ipv6-net=addr[/int]][,ipv6-host=addr]\n"
Samuel Thibault0b11c032016-03-20 12:29:54 +01002719 " [,restrict=on|off][,hostname=host][,dhcpstart=addr]\n"
Benjamin Drungf18d1372018-02-27 17:06:01 +01002720 " [,dns=addr][,ipv6-dns=addr][,dnssearch=domain][,domainname=domain]\n"
Fam Zheng0fca92b2018-09-14 15:26:16 +08002721 " [,tftp=dir][,tftp-server-name=name][,bootfile=f][,hostfwd=rule][,guestfwd=rule]"
Jan Kiszkaad196a92009-06-24 14:42:28 +02002722#ifndef _WIN32
Jan Kiszkac92ef6a2009-06-24 14:42:28 +02002723 "[,smb=dir[,smbserver=addr]]\n"
Jan Kiszkaad196a92009-06-24 14:42:28 +02002724#endif
Thomas Huth6a8b4a52015-05-15 16:58:24 +02002725 " configure a user mode network backend with ID 'str',\n"
2726 " its DHCP server and optional services\n"
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00002727#endif
2728#ifdef _WIN32
Thomas Huth6a8b4a52015-05-15 16:58:24 +02002729 "-netdev tap,id=str,ifname=name\n"
2730 " configure a host TAP network backend with ID 'str'\n"
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00002731#else
Thomas Huth6a8b4a52015-05-15 16:58:24 +02002732 "-netdev tap,id=str[,fd=h][,fds=x:y:...:z][,ifname=name][,script=file][,downscript=dfile]\n"
Alexey Kardashevskiy584613e2016-09-13 17:11:54 +10002733 " [,br=bridge][,helper=helper][,sndbuf=nbytes][,vnet_hdr=on|off][,vhost=on|off]\n"
Thomas Huth6a8b4a52015-05-15 16:58:24 +02002734 " [,vhostfd=h][,vhostfds=x:y:...:z][,vhostforce=on|off][,queues=n]\n"
Jason Wang69e87b32016-07-06 09:57:55 +08002735 " [,poll-us=n]\n"
Thomas Huth6a8b4a52015-05-15 16:58:24 +02002736 " configure a host TAP network backend with ID 'str'\n"
Alexey Kardashevskiy584613e2016-09-13 17:11:54 +10002737 " connected to a bridge (default=" DEFAULT_BRIDGE_INTERFACE ")\n"
Corey Bryanta7c36ee2012-01-26 09:42:27 -05002738 " use network scripts 'file' (default=" DEFAULT_NETWORK_SCRIPT ")\n"
2739 " to configure it and 'dfile' (default=" DEFAULT_NETWORK_DOWN_SCRIPT ")\n"
2740 " to deconfigure it\n"
Bruce Rogersca1a8a02010-01-06 12:33:57 -07002741 " use '[down]script=no' to disable script execution\n"
Corey Bryanta7c36ee2012-01-26 09:42:27 -05002742 " use network helper 'helper' (default=" DEFAULT_BRIDGE_HELPER ") to\n"
2743 " configure it\n"
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00002744 " use 'fd=h' to connect to an already opened TAP interface\n"
Jason Wang2ca81ba2013-02-20 18:04:01 +08002745 " use 'fds=x:y:...:z' to connect to already opened multiqueue capable TAP interfaces\n"
Bruce Rogersca1a8a02010-01-06 12:33:57 -07002746 " use 'sndbuf=nbytes' to limit the size of the send buffer (the\n"
Michael S. Tsirkinf157ed22011-02-01 14:25:40 +02002747 " default is disabled 'sndbuf=0' to enable flow control set 'sndbuf=1048576')\n"
Bruce Rogersca1a8a02010-01-06 12:33:57 -07002748 " use vnet_hdr=off to avoid enabling the IFF_VNET_HDR tap flag\n"
2749 " use vnet_hdr=on to make the lack of IFF_VNET_HDR support an error condition\n"
Michael S. Tsirkin82b0d802010-03-17 13:08:24 +02002750 " use vhost=on to enable experimental in kernel accelerator\n"
mst@redhat.com5430a282011-02-01 22:13:42 +02002751 " (only has effect for virtio guests which use MSIX)\n"
2752 " use vhostforce=on to force vhost on for non-MSIX virtio guests\n"
Michael S. Tsirkin82b0d802010-03-17 13:08:24 +02002753 " use 'vhostfd=h' to connect to an already opened vhost net device\n"
Jason Wang2ca81ba2013-02-20 18:04:01 +08002754 " use 'vhostfds=x:y:...:z to connect to multiple already opened vhost net devices\n"
Jason Wangec396012013-02-22 22:57:52 +08002755 " use 'queues=n' to specify the number of queues to be created for multiqueue TAP\n"
Michael Tokarevcba42d62021-03-09 14:15:10 +03002756 " use 'poll-us=n' to specify the maximum number of microseconds that could be\n"
Jason Wang69e87b32016-07-06 09:57:55 +08002757 " spent on busy polling for vhost net\n"
Thomas Huth6a8b4a52015-05-15 16:58:24 +02002758 "-netdev bridge,id=str[,br=bridge][,helper=helper]\n"
2759 " configure a host TAP network backend with ID 'str' that is\n"
2760 " connected to a bridge (default=" DEFAULT_BRIDGE_INTERFACE ")\n"
2761 " using the program 'helper (default=" DEFAULT_BRIDGE_HELPER ")\n"
Mark McLoughlin0df0ff62009-06-18 18:21:34 +01002762#endif
Anton Ivanov3fb69aa2014-06-20 10:34:41 +01002763#ifdef __linux__
Thomas Huth6a8b4a52015-05-15 16:58:24 +02002764 "-netdev l2tpv3,id=str,src=srcaddr,dst=dstaddr[,srcport=srcport][,dstport=dstport]\n"
Daniel P. Berrangé8b0dc242021-02-16 19:10:21 +00002765 " [,rxsession=rxsession],txsession=txsession[,ipv6=on|off][,udp=on|off]\n"
2766 " [,cookie64=on|off][,counter][,pincounter][,txcookie=txcookie]\n"
Thomas Huth6a8b4a52015-05-15 16:58:24 +02002767 " [,rxcookie=rxcookie][,offset=offset]\n"
2768 " configure a network backend with ID 'str' connected to\n"
2769 " an Ethernet over L2TPv3 pseudowire.\n"
Anton Ivanov3fb69aa2014-06-20 10:34:41 +01002770 " Linux kernel 3.3+ as well as most routers can talk\n"
Michael Tokarev2f47b402014-07-24 20:10:17 +04002771 " L2TPv3. This transport allows connecting a VM to a VM,\n"
Anton Ivanov3fb69aa2014-06-20 10:34:41 +01002772 " VM to a router and even VM to Host. It is a nearly-universal\n"
Stefan Hajnoczi21843dc2020-02-29 11:17:27 +00002773 " standard (RFC3931). Note - this implementation uses static\n"
Anton Ivanov3fb69aa2014-06-20 10:34:41 +01002774 " pre-configured tunnels (same as the Linux kernel).\n"
2775 " use 'src=' to specify source address\n"
2776 " use 'dst=' to specify destination address\n"
2777 " use 'udp=on' to specify udp encapsulation\n"
Gonglei39526512014-08-14 14:35:48 +08002778 " use 'srcport=' to specify source udp port\n"
Anton Ivanov3fb69aa2014-06-20 10:34:41 +01002779 " use 'dstport=' to specify destination udp port\n"
2780 " use 'ipv6=on' to force v6\n"
2781 " L2TPv3 uses cookies to prevent misconfiguration as\n"
2782 " well as a weak security measure\n"
2783 " use 'rxcookie=0x012345678' to specify a rxcookie\n"
2784 " use 'txcookie=0x012345678' to specify a txcookie\n"
2785 " use 'cookie64=on' to set cookie size to 64 bit, otherwise 32\n"
2786 " use 'counter=off' to force a 'cut-down' L2TPv3 with no counter\n"
2787 " use 'pincounter=on' to work around broken counter handling in peer\n"
2788 " use 'offset=X' to add an extra offset between header and data\n"
2789#endif
Thomas Huth6a8b4a52015-05-15 16:58:24 +02002790 "-netdev socket,id=str[,fd=h][,listen=[host]:port][,connect=host:port]\n"
2791 " configure a network backend to connect to another network\n"
2792 " using a socket connection\n"
2793 "-netdev socket,id=str[,fd=h][,mcast=maddr:port[,localaddr=addr]]\n"
2794 " configure a network backend to connect to a multicast maddr and port\n"
Mike Ryan3a75e742010-12-01 11:16:47 -08002795 " use 'localaddr=addr' to specify the host address to send packets from\n"
Thomas Huth6a8b4a52015-05-15 16:58:24 +02002796 "-netdev socket,id=str[,fd=h][,udp=host:port][,localaddr=host:port]\n"
2797 " configure a network backend to connect to another network\n"
2798 " using an UDP tunnel\n"
Laurent Vivier148fbf02023-01-19 11:16:45 +01002799 "-netdev stream,id=str[,server=on|off],addr.type=inet,addr.host=host,addr.port=port[,to=maxport][,numeric=on|off][,keep-alive=on|off][,mptcp=on|off][,addr.ipv4=on|off][,addr.ipv6=on|off][,reconnect=seconds]\n"
2800 "-netdev stream,id=str[,server=on|off],addr.type=unix,addr.path=path[,abstract=on|off][,tight=on|off][,reconnect=seconds]\n"
2801 "-netdev stream,id=str[,server=on|off],addr.type=fd,addr.str=file-descriptor[,reconnect=seconds]\n"
Laurent Vivier5166fe02022-10-21 11:09:11 +02002802 " configure a network backend to connect to another network\n"
2803 " using a socket connection in stream mode.\n"
2804 "-netdev dgram,id=str,remote.type=inet,remote.host=maddr,remote.port=port[,local.type=inet,local.host=addr]\n"
2805 "-netdev dgram,id=str,remote.type=inet,remote.host=maddr,remote.port=port[,local.type=fd,local.str=file-descriptor]\n"
2806 " configure a network backend to connect to a multicast maddr and port\n"
2807 " use ``local.host=addr`` to specify the host address to send packets from\n"
2808 "-netdev dgram,id=str,local.type=inet,local.host=addr,local.port=port[,remote.type=inet,remote.host=addr,remote.port=port]\n"
Laurent Vivier784e7a22022-10-21 11:09:17 +02002809 "-netdev dgram,id=str,local.type=unix,local.path=path[,remote.type=unix,remote.path=path]\n"
Laurent Vivier5166fe02022-10-21 11:09:11 +02002810 "-netdev dgram,id=str,local.type=fd,local.str=file-descriptor\n"
2811 " configure a network backend to connect to another network\n"
2812 " using an UDP tunnel\n"
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00002813#ifdef CONFIG_VDE
Thomas Huth6a8b4a52015-05-15 16:58:24 +02002814 "-netdev vde,id=str[,sock=socketpath][,port=n][,group=groupname][,mode=octalmode]\n"
2815 " configure a network backend to connect to port 'n' of a vde switch\n"
2816 " running on host and listening for incoming connections on 'socketpath'.\n"
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00002817 " Use group 'groupname' and mode 'octalmode' to change default\n"
2818 " ownership and permissions for communication port.\n"
2819#endif
Vincenzo Maffione58952132013-11-06 11:44:06 +01002820#ifdef CONFIG_NETMAP
Thomas Huth6a8b4a52015-05-15 16:58:24 +02002821 "-netdev netmap,id=str,ifname=name[,devname=nmname]\n"
Vincenzo Maffione58952132013-11-06 11:44:06 +01002822 " attach to the existing netmap-enabled network interface 'name', or to a\n"
2823 " VALE port (created on the fly) called 'name' ('nmname' is name of the \n"
2824 " netmap device, defaults to '/dev/netmap')\n"
2825#endif
Thomas Huth253dc142018-02-21 11:18:32 +01002826#ifdef CONFIG_POSIX
Thomas Huth6a8b4a52015-05-15 16:58:24 +02002827 "-netdev vhost-user,id=str,chardev=dev[,vhostforce=on|off]\n"
2828 " configure a vhost-user network, backed by a chardev 'dev'\n"
Thomas Huth253dc142018-02-21 11:18:32 +01002829#endif
Cindy Lu108a6482020-07-01 22:55:37 +08002830#ifdef __linux__
Si-Wei Liu8801ccd2022-10-08 00:58:58 -07002831 "-netdev vhost-vdpa,id=str[,vhostdev=/path/to/dev][,vhostfd=h]\n"
Cindy Lu108a6482020-07-01 22:55:37 +08002832 " configure a vhost-vdpa network,Establish a vhost-vdpa netdev\n"
Si-Wei Liu8801ccd2022-10-08 00:58:58 -07002833 " use 'vhostdev=/path/to/dev' to open a vhost vdpa device\n"
2834 " use 'vhostfd=h' to connect to an already opened vhost vdpa device\n"
Cindy Lu108a6482020-07-01 22:55:37 +08002835#endif
Vladislav Yaroshchukb0290db2022-03-17 20:28:38 +03002836#ifdef CONFIG_VMNET
2837 "-netdev vmnet-host,id=str[,isolated=on|off][,net-uuid=uuid]\n"
2838 " [,start-address=addr,end-address=addr,subnet-mask=mask]\n"
2839 " configure a vmnet network backend in host mode with ID 'str',\n"
2840 " isolate this interface from others with 'isolated',\n"
2841 " configure the address range and choose a subnet mask,\n"
2842 " specify network UUID 'uuid' to disable DHCP and interact with\n"
2843 " vmnet-host interfaces within this isolated network\n"
2844 "-netdev vmnet-shared,id=str[,isolated=on|off][,nat66-prefix=addr]\n"
2845 " [,start-address=addr,end-address=addr,subnet-mask=mask]\n"
2846 " configure a vmnet network backend in shared mode with ID 'str',\n"
2847 " configure the address range and choose a subnet mask,\n"
2848 " set IPv6 ULA prefix (of length 64) to use for internal network,\n"
2849 " isolate this interface from others with 'isolated'\n"
2850 "-netdev vmnet-bridged,id=str,ifname=name[,isolated=on|off]\n"
2851 " configure a vmnet network backend in bridged mode with ID 'str',\n"
2852 " use 'ifname=name' to select a physical network interface to be bridged,\n"
2853 " isolate this interface from others with 'isolated'\n"
2854#endif
Thomas Huth18d65d22018-01-15 20:50:55 +01002855 "-netdev hubport,id=str,hubid=n[,netdev=nd]\n"
Thomas Huthaf1a5c32018-04-30 20:02:23 +02002856 " configure a hub port on the hub with ID 'n'\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Thomas Huth78cd6f72018-02-21 11:18:36 +01002857DEF("nic", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_nic,
BALATON Zoltandfaa7d52018-07-16 21:12:08 +02002858 "-nic [tap|bridge|"
Thomas Huth78cd6f72018-02-21 11:18:36 +01002859#ifdef CONFIG_SLIRP
2860 "user|"
2861#endif
2862#ifdef __linux__
2863 "l2tpv3|"
2864#endif
2865#ifdef CONFIG_VDE
2866 "vde|"
2867#endif
2868#ifdef CONFIG_NETMAP
2869 "netmap|"
2870#endif
2871#ifdef CONFIG_POSIX
2872 "vhost-user|"
2873#endif
Vladislav Yaroshchukb0290db2022-03-17 20:28:38 +03002874#ifdef CONFIG_VMNET
2875 "vmnet-host|vmnet-shared|vmnet-bridged|"
2876#endif
Thomas Huth78cd6f72018-02-21 11:18:36 +01002877 "socket][,option][,...][mac=macaddr]\n"
2878 " initialize an on-board / default host NIC (using MAC address\n"
2879 " macaddr) and connect it to the given host network backend\n"
BALATON Zoltandfaa7d52018-07-16 21:12:08 +02002880 "-nic none use it alone to have zero network devices (the default is to\n"
Thomas Huth78cd6f72018-02-21 11:18:36 +01002881 " provided a 'user' network connection)\n",
2882 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Thomas Huth6a8b4a52015-05-15 16:58:24 +02002883DEF("net", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_net,
Thomas Huthaf1a5c32018-04-30 20:02:23 +02002884 "-net nic[,macaddr=mac][,model=type][,name=str][,addr=str][,vectors=v]\n"
Thomas Huth0e60a822017-12-19 16:28:55 +01002885 " configure or create an on-board (or machine default) NIC and\n"
Thomas Huthaf1a5c32018-04-30 20:02:23 +02002886 " connect it to hub 0 (please use -nic unless you need a hub)\n"
Thomas Huth6a8b4a52015-05-15 16:58:24 +02002887 "-net ["
Mark McLoughlina1ea4582009-10-08 19:58:26 +01002888#ifdef CONFIG_SLIRP
2889 "user|"
2890#endif
2891 "tap|"
Corey Bryanta7c36ee2012-01-26 09:42:27 -05002892 "bridge|"
Mark McLoughlina1ea4582009-10-08 19:58:26 +01002893#ifdef CONFIG_VDE
2894 "vde|"
2895#endif
Vincenzo Maffione58952132013-11-06 11:44:06 +01002896#ifdef CONFIG_NETMAP
2897 "netmap|"
2898#endif
Vladislav Yaroshchukb0290db2022-03-17 20:28:38 +03002899#ifdef CONFIG_VMNET
2900 "vmnet-host|vmnet-shared|vmnet-bridged|"
2901#endif
Thomas Huthaf1a5c32018-04-30 20:02:23 +02002902 "socket][,option][,option][,...]\n"
Thomas Huth6a8b4a52015-05-15 16:58:24 +02002903 " old way to initialize a host network interface\n"
2904 " (use the -netdev option if possible instead)\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00002905SRST
2906``-nic [tap|bridge|user|l2tpv3|vde|netmap|vhost-user|socket][,...][,mac=macaddr][,model=mn]``
2907 This option is a shortcut for configuring both the on-board
2908 (default) guest NIC hardware and the host network backend in one go.
2909 The host backend options are the same as with the corresponding
2910 ``-netdev`` options below. The guest NIC model can be set with
2911 ``model=modelname``. Use ``model=help`` to list the available device
2912 types. The hardware MAC address can be set with ``mac=macaddr``.
2913
2914 The following two example do exactly the same, to show how ``-nic``
2915 can be used to shorten the command line length:
2916
2917 .. parsed-literal::
2918
2919 |qemu_system| -netdev user,id=n1,ipv6=off -device e1000,netdev=n1,mac=52:54:98:76:54:32
2920 |qemu_system| -nic user,ipv6=off,model=e1000,mac=52:54:98:76:54:32
2921
2922``-nic none``
2923 Indicate that no network devices should be configured. It is used to
2924 override the default configuration (default NIC with "user" host
2925 network backend) which is activated if no other networking options
2926 are provided.
2927
2928``-netdev user,id=id[,option][,option][,...]``
2929 Configure user mode host network backend which requires no
2930 administrator privilege to run. Valid options are:
2931
2932 ``id=id``
2933 Assign symbolic name for use in monitor commands.
2934
2935 ``ipv4=on|off and ipv6=on|off``
2936 Specify that either IPv4 or IPv6 must be enabled. If neither is
2937 specified both protocols are enabled.
2938
2939 ``net=addr[/mask]``
2940 Set IP network address the guest will see. Optionally specify
2941 the netmask, either in the form a.b.c.d or as number of valid
2942 top-most bits. Default is 10.0.2.0/24.
2943
2944 ``host=addr``
2945 Specify the guest-visible address of the host. Default is the
2946 2nd IP in the guest network, i.e. x.x.x.2.
2947
2948 ``ipv6-net=addr[/int]``
2949 Set IPv6 network address the guest will see (default is
2950 fec0::/64). The network prefix is given in the usual hexadecimal
2951 IPv6 address notation. The prefix size is optional, and is given
2952 as the number of valid top-most bits (default is 64).
2953
2954 ``ipv6-host=addr``
2955 Specify the guest-visible IPv6 address of the host. Default is
2956 the 2nd IPv6 in the guest network, i.e. xxxx::2.
2957
2958 ``restrict=on|off``
2959 If this option is enabled, the guest will be isolated, i.e. it
2960 will not be able to contact the host and no guest IP packets
2961 will be routed over the host to the outside. This option does
2962 not affect any explicitly set forwarding rules.
2963
2964 ``hostname=name``
2965 Specifies the client hostname reported by the built-in DHCP
2966 server.
2967
2968 ``dhcpstart=addr``
2969 Specify the first of the 16 IPs the built-in DHCP server can
2970 assign. Default is the 15th to 31st IP in the guest network,
2971 i.e. x.x.x.15 to x.x.x.31.
2972
2973 ``dns=addr``
2974 Specify the guest-visible address of the virtual nameserver. The
2975 address must be different from the host address. Default is the
2976 3rd IP in the guest network, i.e. x.x.x.3.
2977
2978 ``ipv6-dns=addr``
2979 Specify the guest-visible address of the IPv6 virtual
2980 nameserver. The address must be different from the host address.
2981 Default is the 3rd IP in the guest network, i.e. xxxx::3.
2982
2983 ``dnssearch=domain``
2984 Provides an entry for the domain-search list sent by the
2985 built-in DHCP server. More than one domain suffix can be
2986 transmitted by specifying this option multiple times. If
2987 supported, this will cause the guest to automatically try to
2988 append the given domain suffix(es) in case a domain name can not
2989 be resolved.
2990
2991 Example:
2992
2993 .. parsed-literal::
2994
2995 |qemu_system| -nic user,dnssearch=mgmt.example.org,dnssearch=example.org
2996
2997 ``domainname=domain``
2998 Specifies the client domain name reported by the built-in DHCP
2999 server.
3000
3001 ``tftp=dir``
3002 When using the user mode network stack, activate a built-in TFTP
3003 server. The files in dir will be exposed as the root of a TFTP
3004 server. The TFTP client on the guest must be configured in
3005 binary mode (use the command ``bin`` of the Unix TFTP client).
3006
3007 ``tftp-server-name=name``
3008 In BOOTP reply, broadcast name as the "TFTP server name"
3009 (RFC2132 option 66). This can be used to advise the guest to
3010 load boot files or configurations from a different server than
3011 the host address.
3012
3013 ``bootfile=file``
3014 When using the user mode network stack, broadcast file as the
3015 BOOTP filename. In conjunction with ``tftp``, this can be used
3016 to network boot a guest from a local directory.
3017
3018 Example (using pxelinux):
3019
3020 .. parsed-literal::
3021
Laszlo Ersek353a06b2020-09-08 19:21:11 +02003022 |qemu_system| -hda linux.img -boot n -device e1000,netdev=n1 \\
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003023 -netdev user,id=n1,tftp=/path/to/tftp/files,bootfile=/pxelinux.0
3024
3025 ``smb=dir[,smbserver=addr]``
3026 When using the user mode network stack, activate a built-in SMB
3027 server so that Windows OSes can access to the host files in
3028 ``dir`` transparently. The IP address of the SMB server can be
3029 set to addr. By default the 4th IP in the guest network is used,
3030 i.e. x.x.x.4.
3031
3032 In the guest Windows OS, the line:
3033
3034 ::
3035
3036 10.0.2.4 smbserver
3037
3038 must be added in the file ``C:\WINDOWS\LMHOSTS`` (for windows
3039 9x/Me) or ``C:\WINNT\SYSTEM32\DRIVERS\ETC\LMHOSTS`` (Windows
3040 NT/2000).
3041
3042 Then ``dir`` can be accessed in ``\\smbserver\qemu``.
3043
3044 Note that a SAMBA server must be installed on the host OS.
3045
3046 ``hostfwd=[tcp|udp]:[hostaddr]:hostport-[guestaddr]:guestport``
3047 Redirect incoming TCP or UDP connections to the host port
3048 hostport to the guest IP address guestaddr on guest port
3049 guestport. If guestaddr is not specified, its value is x.x.x.15
3050 (default first address given by the built-in DHCP server). By
3051 specifying hostaddr, the rule can be bound to a specific host
3052 interface. If no connection type is set, TCP is used. This
3053 option can be given multiple times.
3054
3055 For example, to redirect host X11 connection from screen 1 to
3056 guest screen 0, use the following:
3057
Peter Maydell09ce5f22020-02-28 15:36:13 +00003058 .. parsed-literal::
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003059
3060 # on the host
3061 |qemu_system| -nic user,hostfwd=tcp:127.0.0.1:6001-:6000
3062 # this host xterm should open in the guest X11 server
3063 xterm -display :1
3064
3065 To redirect telnet connections from host port 5555 to telnet
3066 port on the guest, use the following:
3067
Peter Maydell09ce5f22020-02-28 15:36:13 +00003068 .. parsed-literal::
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003069
3070 # on the host
3071 |qemu_system| -nic user,hostfwd=tcp::5555-:23
3072 telnet localhost 5555
3073
3074 Then when you use on the host ``telnet localhost 5555``, you
3075 connect to the guest telnet server.
3076
3077 ``guestfwd=[tcp]:server:port-dev``; \ ``guestfwd=[tcp]:server:port-cmd:command``
3078 Forward guest TCP connections to the IP address server on port
3079 port to the character device dev or to a program executed by
3080 cmd:command which gets spawned for each connection. This option
3081 can be given multiple times.
3082
3083 You can either use a chardev directly and have that one used
3084 throughout QEMU's lifetime, like in the following example:
3085
Peter Maydell09ce5f22020-02-28 15:36:13 +00003086 .. parsed-literal::
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003087
3088 # open 10.10.1.1:4321 on bootup, connect 10.0.2.100:1234 to it whenever
3089 # the guest accesses it
3090 |qemu_system| -nic user,guestfwd=tcp:10.0.2.100:1234-tcp:10.10.1.1:4321
3091
3092 Or you can execute a command on every TCP connection established
3093 by the guest, so that QEMU behaves similar to an inetd process
3094 for that virtual server:
3095
Peter Maydell09ce5f22020-02-28 15:36:13 +00003096 .. parsed-literal::
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003097
3098 # call "netcat 10.10.1.1 4321" on every TCP connection to 10.0.2.100:1234
3099 # and connect the TCP stream to its stdin/stdout
3100 |qemu_system| -nic 'user,id=n1,guestfwd=tcp:10.0.2.100:1234-cmd:netcat 10.10.1.1 4321'
3101
3102``-netdev tap,id=id[,fd=h][,ifname=name][,script=file][,downscript=dfile][,br=bridge][,helper=helper]``
3103 Configure a host TAP network backend with ID id.
3104
3105 Use the network script file to configure it and the network script
3106 dfile to deconfigure it. If name is not provided, the OS
3107 automatically provides one. The default network configure script is
3108 ``/etc/qemu-ifup`` and the default network deconfigure script is
3109 ``/etc/qemu-ifdown``. Use ``script=no`` or ``downscript=no`` to
3110 disable script execution.
3111
3112 If running QEMU as an unprivileged user, use the network helper
Tianjia Zhang8d73ec82020-07-27 12:59:25 +08003113 to configure the TAP interface and attach it to the bridge.
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003114 The default network helper executable is
3115 ``/path/to/qemu-bridge-helper`` and the default bridge device is
3116 ``br0``.
3117
3118 ``fd``\ =h can be used to specify the handle of an already opened
3119 host TAP interface.
3120
3121 Examples:
3122
Peter Maydell09ce5f22020-02-28 15:36:13 +00003123 .. parsed-literal::
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003124
3125 #launch a QEMU instance with the default network script
3126 |qemu_system| linux.img -nic tap
3127
Peter Maydell09ce5f22020-02-28 15:36:13 +00003128 .. parsed-literal::
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003129
3130 #launch a QEMU instance with two NICs, each one connected
3131 #to a TAP device
Laszlo Ersek353a06b2020-09-08 19:21:11 +02003132 |qemu_system| linux.img \\
3133 -netdev tap,id=nd0,ifname=tap0 -device e1000,netdev=nd0 \\
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003134 -netdev tap,id=nd1,ifname=tap1 -device rtl8139,netdev=nd1
3135
Peter Maydell09ce5f22020-02-28 15:36:13 +00003136 .. parsed-literal::
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003137
3138 #launch a QEMU instance with the default network helper to
3139 #connect a TAP device to bridge br0
Laszlo Ersek353a06b2020-09-08 19:21:11 +02003140 |qemu_system| linux.img -device virtio-net-pci,netdev=n1 \\
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003141 -netdev tap,id=n1,"helper=/path/to/qemu-bridge-helper"
3142
3143``-netdev bridge,id=id[,br=bridge][,helper=helper]``
3144 Connect a host TAP network interface to a host bridge device.
3145
3146 Use the network helper helper to configure the TAP interface and
3147 attach it to the bridge. The default network helper executable is
3148 ``/path/to/qemu-bridge-helper`` and the default bridge device is
3149 ``br0``.
3150
3151 Examples:
3152
Peter Maydell09ce5f22020-02-28 15:36:13 +00003153 .. parsed-literal::
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003154
3155 #launch a QEMU instance with the default network helper to
3156 #connect a TAP device to bridge br0
3157 |qemu_system| linux.img -netdev bridge,id=n1 -device virtio-net,netdev=n1
3158
Peter Maydell09ce5f22020-02-28 15:36:13 +00003159 .. parsed-literal::
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003160
3161 #launch a QEMU instance with the default network helper to
3162 #connect a TAP device to bridge qemubr0
3163 |qemu_system| linux.img -netdev bridge,br=qemubr0,id=n1 -device virtio-net,netdev=n1
3164
3165``-netdev socket,id=id[,fd=h][,listen=[host]:port][,connect=host:port]``
3166 This host network backend can be used to connect the guest's network
3167 to another QEMU virtual machine using a TCP socket connection. If
3168 ``listen`` is specified, QEMU waits for incoming connections on port
3169 (host is optional). ``connect`` is used to connect to another QEMU
3170 instance using the ``listen`` option. ``fd``\ =h specifies an
3171 already opened TCP socket.
3172
3173 Example:
3174
Peter Maydell09ce5f22020-02-28 15:36:13 +00003175 .. parsed-literal::
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003176
3177 # launch a first QEMU instance
Laszlo Ersek353a06b2020-09-08 19:21:11 +02003178 |qemu_system| linux.img \\
3179 -device e1000,netdev=n1,mac=52:54:00:12:34:56 \\
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003180 -netdev socket,id=n1,listen=:1234
3181 # connect the network of this instance to the network of the first instance
Laszlo Ersek353a06b2020-09-08 19:21:11 +02003182 |qemu_system| linux.img \\
3183 -device e1000,netdev=n2,mac=52:54:00:12:34:57 \\
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003184 -netdev socket,id=n2,connect=127.0.0.1:1234
3185
3186``-netdev socket,id=id[,fd=h][,mcast=maddr:port[,localaddr=addr]]``
3187 Configure a socket host network backend to share the guest's network
3188 traffic with another QEMU virtual machines using a UDP multicast
3189 socket, effectively making a bus for every QEMU with same multicast
3190 address maddr and port. NOTES:
3191
3192 1. Several QEMU can be running on different hosts and share same bus
3193 (assuming correct multicast setup for these hosts).
3194
3195 2. mcast support is compatible with User Mode Linux (argument
3196 ``ethN=mcast``), see http://user-mode-linux.sf.net.
3197
3198 3. Use ``fd=h`` to specify an already opened UDP multicast socket.
3199
3200 Example:
3201
Peter Maydell09ce5f22020-02-28 15:36:13 +00003202 .. parsed-literal::
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003203
3204 # launch one QEMU instance
Laszlo Ersek353a06b2020-09-08 19:21:11 +02003205 |qemu_system| linux.img \\
3206 -device e1000,netdev=n1,mac=52:54:00:12:34:56 \\
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003207 -netdev socket,id=n1,mcast=230.0.0.1:1234
3208 # launch another QEMU instance on same "bus"
Laszlo Ersek353a06b2020-09-08 19:21:11 +02003209 |qemu_system| linux.img \\
3210 -device e1000,netdev=n2,mac=52:54:00:12:34:57 \\
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003211 -netdev socket,id=n2,mcast=230.0.0.1:1234
3212 # launch yet another QEMU instance on same "bus"
Laszlo Ersek353a06b2020-09-08 19:21:11 +02003213 |qemu_system| linux.img \\
3214 -device e1000,netdev=n3,mac=52:54:00:12:34:58 \\
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003215 -netdev socket,id=n3,mcast=230.0.0.1:1234
3216
3217 Example (User Mode Linux compat.):
3218
Peter Maydell09ce5f22020-02-28 15:36:13 +00003219 .. parsed-literal::
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003220
3221 # launch QEMU instance (note mcast address selected is UML's default)
Laszlo Ersek353a06b2020-09-08 19:21:11 +02003222 |qemu_system| linux.img \\
3223 -device e1000,netdev=n1,mac=52:54:00:12:34:56 \\
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003224 -netdev socket,id=n1,mcast=239.192.168.1:1102
3225 # launch UML
3226 /path/to/linux ubd0=/path/to/root_fs eth0=mcast
3227
3228 Example (send packets from host's 1.2.3.4):
3229
3230 .. parsed-literal::
3231
Laszlo Ersek353a06b2020-09-08 19:21:11 +02003232 |qemu_system| linux.img \\
3233 -device e1000,netdev=n1,mac=52:54:00:12:34:56 \\
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003234 -netdev socket,id=n1,mcast=239.192.168.1:1102,localaddr=1.2.3.4
3235
Daniel P. Berrangé8b0dc242021-02-16 19:10:21 +00003236``-netdev l2tpv3,id=id,src=srcaddr,dst=dstaddr[,srcport=srcport][,dstport=dstport],txsession=txsession[,rxsession=rxsession][,ipv6=on|off][,udp=on|off][,cookie64][,counter][,pincounter][,txcookie=txcookie][,rxcookie=rxcookie][,offset=offset]``
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003237 Configure a L2TPv3 pseudowire host network backend. L2TPv3 (RFC3931)
3238 is a popular protocol to transport Ethernet (and other Layer 2) data
3239 frames between two systems. It is present in routers, firewalls and
3240 the Linux kernel (from version 3.3 onwards).
3241
3242 This transport allows a VM to communicate to another VM, router or
3243 firewall directly.
3244
3245 ``src=srcaddr``
3246 source address (mandatory)
3247
3248 ``dst=dstaddr``
3249 destination address (mandatory)
3250
3251 ``udp``
3252 select udp encapsulation (default is ip).
3253
3254 ``srcport=srcport``
3255 source udp port.
3256
3257 ``dstport=dstport``
3258 destination udp port.
3259
3260 ``ipv6``
3261 force v6, otherwise defaults to v4.
3262
3263 ``rxcookie=rxcookie``; \ ``txcookie=txcookie``
3264 Cookies are a weak form of security in the l2tpv3 specification.
3265 Their function is mostly to prevent misconfiguration. By default
3266 they are 32 bit.
3267
3268 ``cookie64``
3269 Set cookie size to 64 bit instead of the default 32
3270
3271 ``counter=off``
3272 Force a 'cut-down' L2TPv3 with no counter as in
3273 draft-mkonstan-l2tpext-keyed-ipv6-tunnel-00
3274
3275 ``pincounter=on``
3276 Work around broken counter handling in peer. This may also help
3277 on networks which have packet reorder.
3278
3279 ``offset=offset``
3280 Add an extra offset between header and data
3281
3282 For example, to attach a VM running on host 4.3.2.1 via L2TPv3 to
3283 the bridge br-lan on the remote Linux host 1.2.3.4:
3284
Peter Maydell09ce5f22020-02-28 15:36:13 +00003285 .. parsed-literal::
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003286
3287 # Setup tunnel on linux host using raw ip as encapsulation
3288 # on 1.2.3.4
Laszlo Ersek353a06b2020-09-08 19:21:11 +02003289 ip l2tp add tunnel remote 4.3.2.1 local 1.2.3.4 tunnel_id 1 peer_tunnel_id 1 \\
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003290 encap udp udp_sport 16384 udp_dport 16384
Laszlo Ersek353a06b2020-09-08 19:21:11 +02003291 ip l2tp add session tunnel_id 1 name vmtunnel0 session_id \\
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003292 0xFFFFFFFF peer_session_id 0xFFFFFFFF
3293 ifconfig vmtunnel0 mtu 1500
3294 ifconfig vmtunnel0 up
3295 brctl addif br-lan vmtunnel0
3296
3297
3298 # on 4.3.2.1
3299 # launch QEMU instance - if your network has reorder or is very lossy add ,pincounter
3300
Laszlo Ersek353a06b2020-09-08 19:21:11 +02003301 |qemu_system| linux.img -device e1000,netdev=n1 \\
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003302 -netdev l2tpv3,id=n1,src=4.2.3.1,dst=1.2.3.4,udp,srcport=16384,dstport=16384,rxsession=0xffffffff,txsession=0xffffffff,counter
3303
3304``-netdev vde,id=id[,sock=socketpath][,port=n][,group=groupname][,mode=octalmode]``
3305 Configure VDE backend to connect to PORT n of a vde switch running
3306 on host and listening for incoming connections on socketpath. Use
3307 GROUP groupname and MODE octalmode to change default ownership and
3308 permissions for communication port. This option is only available if
3309 QEMU has been compiled with vde support enabled.
3310
3311 Example:
3312
Peter Maydell09ce5f22020-02-28 15:36:13 +00003313 .. parsed-literal::
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003314
3315 # launch vde switch
3316 vde_switch -F -sock /tmp/myswitch
3317 # launch QEMU instance
3318 |qemu_system| linux.img -nic vde,sock=/tmp/myswitch
3319
3320``-netdev vhost-user,chardev=id[,vhostforce=on|off][,queues=n]``
3321 Establish a vhost-user netdev, backed by a chardev id. The chardev
3322 should be a unix domain socket backed one. The vhost-user uses a
3323 specifically defined protocol to pass vhost ioctl replacement
3324 messages to an application on the other end of the socket. On
3325 non-MSIX guests, the feature can be forced with vhostforce. Use
3326 'queues=n' to specify the number of queues to be created for
3327 multiqueue vhost-user.
3328
3329 Example:
3330
3331 ::
3332
3333 qemu -m 512 -object memory-backend-file,id=mem,size=512M,mem-path=/hugetlbfs,share=on \
3334 -numa node,memdev=mem \
3335 -chardev socket,id=chr0,path=/path/to/socket \
3336 -netdev type=vhost-user,id=net0,chardev=chr0 \
3337 -device virtio-net-pci,netdev=net0
3338
Si-Wei Liu8801ccd2022-10-08 00:58:58 -07003339``-netdev vhost-vdpa[,vhostdev=/path/to/dev][,vhostfd=h]``
Cindy Lu108a6482020-07-01 22:55:37 +08003340 Establish a vhost-vdpa netdev.
3341
3342 vDPA device is a device that uses a datapath which complies with
3343 the virtio specifications with a vendor specific control path.
3344 vDPA devices can be both physically located on the hardware or
3345 emulated by software.
3346
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003347``-netdev hubport,id=id,hubid=hubid[,netdev=nd]``
3348 Create a hub port on the emulated hub with ID hubid.
3349
3350 The hubport netdev lets you connect a NIC to a QEMU emulated hub
3351 instead of a single netdev. Alternatively, you can also connect the
3352 hubport to another netdev with ID nd by using the ``netdev=nd``
3353 option.
3354
3355``-net nic[,netdev=nd][,macaddr=mac][,model=type] [,name=name][,addr=addr][,vectors=v]``
3356 Legacy option to configure or create an on-board (or machine
3357 default) Network Interface Card(NIC) and connect it either to the
3358 emulated hub with ID 0 (i.e. the default hub), or to the netdev nd.
3359 If model is omitted, then the default NIC model associated with the
3360 machine type is used. Note that the default NIC model may change in
3361 future QEMU releases, so it is highly recommended to always specify
3362 a model. Optionally, the MAC address can be changed to mac, the
3363 device address set to addr (PCI cards only), and a name can be
3364 assigned for use in monitor commands. Optionally, for PCI cards, you
3365 can specify the number v of MSI-X vectors that the card should have;
3366 this option currently only affects virtio cards; set v = 0 to
3367 disable MSI-X. If no ``-net`` option is specified, a single NIC is
3368 created. QEMU can emulate several different models of network card.
3369 Use ``-net nic,model=help`` for a list of available devices for your
3370 target.
3371
3372``-net user|tap|bridge|socket|l2tpv3|vde[,...][,name=name]``
3373 Configure a host network backend (with the options corresponding to
3374 the same ``-netdev`` option) and connect it to the emulated hub 0
3375 (the default hub). Use name to specify the name of the hub port.
3376ERST
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00003377
Matthew Booth7273a2d2009-10-30 13:41:12 +00003378DEFHEADING()
3379
Markus Armbrusterde6b4f92017-10-02 16:03:00 +02003380DEFHEADING(Character device options:)
Matthew Booth7273a2d2009-10-30 13:41:12 +00003381
3382DEF("chardev", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_chardev,
Lin Ma517b3d42016-08-17 01:13:52 +08003383 "-chardev help\n"
Daniel P. Berranged0d77082016-01-11 12:44:41 +00003384 "-chardev null,id=id[,mux=on|off][,logfile=PATH][,logappend=on|off]\n"
Markus Armbrusterba858d12021-09-28 09:14:49 +02003385 "-chardev socket,id=id[,host=host],port=port[,to=to][,ipv4=on|off][,ipv6=on|off][,nodelay=on|off]\n"
Daniel P. Berrangébfdc1262021-02-16 19:10:19 +00003386 " [,server=on|off][,wait=on|off][,telnet=on|off][,websocket=on|off][,reconnect=seconds][,mux=on|off]\n"
Daniel P. Berrangefd4a5fd2019-03-08 15:21:50 +00003387 " [,logfile=PATH][,logappend=on|off][,tls-creds=ID][,tls-authz=ID] (tcp)\n"
Daniel P. Berrangébfdc1262021-02-16 19:10:19 +00003388 "-chardev socket,id=id,path=path[,server=on|off][,wait=on|off][,telnet=on|off][,websocket=on|off][,reconnect=seconds]\n"
xiaoqiang zhaoe3392732020-05-16 11:13:27 +08003389 " [,mux=on|off][,logfile=PATH][,logappend=on|off][,abstract=on|off][,tight=on|off] (unix)\n"
Matthew Booth7273a2d2009-10-30 13:41:12 +00003390 "-chardev udp,id=id[,host=host],port=port[,localaddr=localaddr]\n"
Daniel P. Berrangébfdc1262021-02-16 19:10:19 +00003391 " [,localport=localport][,ipv4=on|off][,ipv6=on|off][,mux=on|off]\n"
Daniel P. Berranged0d77082016-01-11 12:44:41 +00003392 " [,logfile=PATH][,logappend=on|off]\n"
3393 "-chardev msmouse,id=id[,mux=on|off][,logfile=PATH][,logappend=on|off]\n"
Matthew Booth7273a2d2009-10-30 13:41:12 +00003394 "-chardev vc,id=id[[,width=width][,height=height]][[,cols=cols][,rows=rows]]\n"
Daniel P. Berranged0d77082016-01-11 12:44:41 +00003395 " [,mux=on|off][,logfile=PATH][,logappend=on|off]\n"
3396 "-chardev ringbuf,id=id[,size=size][,logfile=PATH][,logappend=on|off]\n"
Peter Maydell5b18a6b2023-04-13 16:07:24 +01003397 "-chardev file,id=id,path=path[,input-path=input-file][,mux=on|off][,logfile=PATH][,logappend=on|off]\n"
Daniel P. Berranged0d77082016-01-11 12:44:41 +00003398 "-chardev pipe,id=id,path=path[,mux=on|off][,logfile=PATH][,logappend=on|off]\n"
Matthew Booth7273a2d2009-10-30 13:41:12 +00003399#ifdef _WIN32
Daniel P. Berranged0d77082016-01-11 12:44:41 +00003400 "-chardev console,id=id[,mux=on|off][,logfile=PATH][,logappend=on|off]\n"
3401 "-chardev serial,id=id,path=path[,mux=on|off][,logfile=PATH][,logappend=on|off]\n"
Matthew Booth7273a2d2009-10-30 13:41:12 +00003402#else
Daniel P. Berranged0d77082016-01-11 12:44:41 +00003403 "-chardev pty,id=id[,mux=on|off][,logfile=PATH][,logappend=on|off]\n"
3404 "-chardev stdio,id=id[,mux=on|off][,signal=on|off][,logfile=PATH][,logappend=on|off]\n"
Matthew Booth7273a2d2009-10-30 13:41:12 +00003405#endif
3406#ifdef CONFIG_BRLAPI
Daniel P. Berranged0d77082016-01-11 12:44:41 +00003407 "-chardev braille,id=id[,mux=on|off][,logfile=PATH][,logappend=on|off]\n"
Matthew Booth7273a2d2009-10-30 13:41:12 +00003408#endif
3409#if defined(__linux__) || defined(__sun__) || defined(__FreeBSD__) \
3410 || defined(__NetBSD__) || defined(__OpenBSD__) || defined(__DragonFly__)
Daniel P. Berranged0d77082016-01-11 12:44:41 +00003411 "-chardev serial,id=id,path=path[,mux=on|off][,logfile=PATH][,logappend=on|off]\n"
Matthew Booth7273a2d2009-10-30 13:41:12 +00003412#endif
3413#if defined(__linux__) || defined(__FreeBSD__) || defined(__DragonFly__)
Daniel P. Berranged0d77082016-01-11 12:44:41 +00003414 "-chardev parallel,id=id,path=path[,mux=on|off][,logfile=PATH][,logappend=on|off]\n"
Matthew Booth7273a2d2009-10-30 13:41:12 +00003415#endif
Alon Levycbcc6332011-01-19 10:49:50 +02003416#if defined(CONFIG_SPICE)
Daniel P. Berranged0d77082016-01-11 12:44:41 +00003417 "-chardev spicevmc,id=id,name=name[,debug=debug][,logfile=PATH][,logappend=on|off]\n"
3418 "-chardev spiceport,id=id,name=name[,debug=debug][,logfile=PATH][,logappend=on|off]\n"
Alon Levycbcc6332011-01-19 10:49:50 +02003419#endif
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00003420 , QEMU_ARCH_ALL
Matthew Booth7273a2d2009-10-30 13:41:12 +00003421)
3422
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003423SRST
3424The general form of a character device option is:
3425
3426``-chardev backend,id=id[,mux=on|off][,options]``
3427 Backend is one of: ``null``, ``socket``, ``udp``, ``msmouse``,
3428 ``vc``, ``ringbuf``, ``file``, ``pipe``, ``console``, ``serial``,
Paolo Bonzini6f9f6302022-12-16 10:56:53 +01003429 ``pty``, ``stdio``, ``braille``, ``parallel``,
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003430 ``spicevmc``, ``spiceport``. The specific backend will determine the
3431 applicable options.
3432
3433 Use ``-chardev help`` to print all available chardev backend types.
3434
3435 All devices must have an id, which can be any string up to 127
3436 characters long. It is used to uniquely identify this device in
3437 other command line directives.
3438
3439 A character device may be used in multiplexing mode by multiple
3440 front-ends. Specify ``mux=on`` to enable this mode. A multiplexer is
3441 a "1:N" device, and here the "1" end is your specified chardev
3442 backend, and the "N" end is the various parts of QEMU that can talk
3443 to a chardev. If you create a chardev with ``id=myid`` and
3444 ``mux=on``, QEMU will create a multiplexer with your specified ID,
3445 and you can then configure multiple front ends to use that chardev
3446 ID for their input/output. Up to four different front ends can be
3447 connected to a single multiplexed chardev. (Without multiplexing
3448 enabled, a chardev can only be used by a single front end.) For
3449 instance you could use this to allow a single stdio chardev to be
3450 used by two serial ports and the QEMU monitor:
3451
3452 ::
3453
3454 -chardev stdio,mux=on,id=char0 \
3455 -mon chardev=char0,mode=readline \
3456 -serial chardev:char0 \
3457 -serial chardev:char0
3458
3459 You can have more than one multiplexer in a system configuration;
3460 for instance you could have a TCP port multiplexed between UART 0
3461 and UART 1, and stdio multiplexed between the QEMU monitor and a
3462 parallel port:
3463
3464 ::
3465
3466 -chardev stdio,mux=on,id=char0 \
3467 -mon chardev=char0,mode=readline \
3468 -parallel chardev:char0 \
3469 -chardev tcp,...,mux=on,id=char1 \
3470 -serial chardev:char1 \
3471 -serial chardev:char1
3472
3473 When you're using a multiplexed character device, some escape
Thomas Huth923e9312020-11-16 15:47:36 +01003474 sequences are interpreted in the input. See the chapter about
3475 :ref:`keys in the character backend multiplexer` in the
3476 System Emulation Users Guide for more details.
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003477
3478 Note that some other command line options may implicitly create
3479 multiplexed character backends; for instance ``-serial mon:stdio``
3480 creates a multiplexed stdio backend connected to the serial port and
3481 the QEMU monitor, and ``-nographic`` also multiplexes the console
3482 and the monitor to stdio.
3483
3484 There is currently no support for multiplexing in the other
3485 direction (where a single QEMU front end takes input and output from
3486 multiple chardevs).
3487
3488 Every backend supports the ``logfile`` option, which supplies the
3489 path to a file to record all data transmitted via the backend. The
3490 ``logappend`` option controls whether the log file will be truncated
3491 or appended to when opened.
3492
3493The available backends are:
3494
3495``-chardev null,id=id``
3496 A void device. This device will not emit any data, and will drop any
3497 data it receives. The null backend does not take any options.
3498
Daniel P. Berrangébfdc1262021-02-16 19:10:19 +00003499``-chardev socket,id=id[,TCP options or unix options][,server=on|off][,wait=on|off][,telnet=on|off][,websocket=on|off][,reconnect=seconds][,tls-creds=id][,tls-authz=id]``
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003500 Create a two-way stream socket, which can be either a TCP or a unix
3501 socket. A unix socket will be created if ``path`` is specified.
3502 Behaviour is undefined if TCP options are specified for a unix
3503 socket.
3504
Daniel P. Berrangébfdc1262021-02-16 19:10:19 +00003505 ``server=on|off`` specifies that the socket shall be a listening socket.
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003506
Daniel P. Berrangébfdc1262021-02-16 19:10:19 +00003507 ``wait=on|off`` specifies that QEMU should not block waiting for a client
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003508 to connect to a listening socket.
3509
Daniel P. Berrangébfdc1262021-02-16 19:10:19 +00003510 ``telnet=on|off`` specifies that traffic on the socket should interpret
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003511 telnet escape sequences.
3512
Daniel P. Berrangébfdc1262021-02-16 19:10:19 +00003513 ``websocket=on|off`` specifies that the socket uses WebSocket protocol for
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003514 communication.
3515
3516 ``reconnect`` sets the timeout for reconnecting on non-server
3517 sockets when the remote end goes away. qemu will delay this many
3518 seconds and then attempt to reconnect. Zero disables reconnecting,
3519 and is the default.
3520
3521 ``tls-creds`` requests enablement of the TLS protocol for
3522 encryption, and specifies the id of the TLS credentials to use for
3523 the handshake. The credentials must be previously created with the
3524 ``-object tls-creds`` argument.
3525
3526 ``tls-auth`` provides the ID of the QAuthZ authorization object
3527 against which the client's x509 distinguished name will be
3528 validated. This object is only resolved at time of use, so can be
3529 deleted and recreated on the fly while the chardev server is active.
3530 If missing, it will default to denying access.
3531
3532 TCP and unix socket options are given below:
3533
Paolo Bonzinia9b13152021-02-25 11:47:52 +01003534 ``TCP options: port=port[,host=host][,to=to][,ipv4=on|off][,ipv6=on|off][,nodelay=on|off]``
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003535 ``host`` for a listening socket specifies the local address to
3536 be bound. For a connecting socket species the remote host to
3537 connect to. ``host`` is optional for listening sockets. If not
3538 specified it defaults to ``0.0.0.0``.
3539
3540 ``port`` for a listening socket specifies the local port to be
3541 bound. For a connecting socket specifies the port on the remote
3542 host to connect to. ``port`` can be given as either a port
3543 number or a service name. ``port`` is required.
3544
3545 ``to`` is only relevant to listening sockets. If it is
3546 specified, and ``port`` cannot be bound, QEMU will attempt to
3547 bind to subsequent ports up to and including ``to`` until it
3548 succeeds. ``to`` must be specified as a port number.
3549
Daniel P. Berrangébfdc1262021-02-16 19:10:19 +00003550 ``ipv4=on|off`` and ``ipv6=on|off`` specify that either IPv4
3551 or IPv6 must be used. If neither is specified the socket may
3552 use either protocol.
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003553
Paolo Bonzinia9b13152021-02-25 11:47:52 +01003554 ``nodelay=on|off`` disables the Nagle algorithm.
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003555
xiaoqiang zhaoe3392732020-05-16 11:13:27 +08003556 ``unix options: path=path[,abstract=on|off][,tight=on|off]``
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003557 ``path`` specifies the local path of the unix socket. ``path``
3558 is required.
Daniel P. Berrangébfdc1262021-02-16 19:10:19 +00003559 ``abstract=on|off`` specifies the use of the abstract socket namespace,
xiaoqiang zhaoe3392732020-05-16 11:13:27 +08003560 rather than the filesystem. Optional, defaults to false.
Daniel P. Berrangébfdc1262021-02-16 19:10:19 +00003561 ``tight=on|off`` sets the socket length of abstract sockets to their minimum,
xiaoqiang zhaoe3392732020-05-16 11:13:27 +08003562 rather than the full sun_path length. Optional, defaults to true.
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003563
Daniel P. Berrangébfdc1262021-02-16 19:10:19 +00003564``-chardev udp,id=id[,host=host],port=port[,localaddr=localaddr][,localport=localport][,ipv4=on|off][,ipv6=on|off]``
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003565 Sends all traffic from the guest to a remote host over UDP.
3566
3567 ``host`` specifies the remote host to connect to. If not specified
3568 it defaults to ``localhost``.
3569
3570 ``port`` specifies the port on the remote host to connect to.
3571 ``port`` is required.
3572
3573 ``localaddr`` specifies the local address to bind to. If not
3574 specified it defaults to ``0.0.0.0``.
3575
3576 ``localport`` specifies the local port to bind to. If not specified
3577 any available local port will be used.
3578
Daniel P. Berrangébfdc1262021-02-16 19:10:19 +00003579 ``ipv4=on|off`` and ``ipv6=on|off`` specify that either IPv4 or IPv6 must be used.
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003580 If neither is specified the device may use either protocol.
3581
3582``-chardev msmouse,id=id``
3583 Forward QEMU's emulated msmouse events to the guest. ``msmouse``
3584 does not take any options.
3585
3586``-chardev vc,id=id[[,width=width][,height=height]][[,cols=cols][,rows=rows]]``
3587 Connect to a QEMU text console. ``vc`` may optionally be given a
3588 specific size.
3589
3590 ``width`` and ``height`` specify the width and height respectively
3591 of the console, in pixels.
3592
3593 ``cols`` and ``rows`` specify that the console be sized to fit a
3594 text console with the given dimensions.
3595
3596``-chardev ringbuf,id=id[,size=size]``
3597 Create a ring buffer with fixed size ``size``. size must be a power
3598 of two and defaults to ``64K``.
3599
Peter Maydell5b18a6b2023-04-13 16:07:24 +01003600``-chardev file,id=id,path=path[,input-path=input-path]``
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003601 Log all traffic received from the guest to a file.
3602
3603 ``path`` specifies the path of the file to be opened. This file will
3604 be created if it does not already exist, and overwritten if it does.
3605 ``path`` is required.
3606
Peter Maydell5b18a6b2023-04-13 16:07:24 +01003607 If ``input-path`` is specified, this is the path of a second file
3608 which will be used for input. If ``input-path`` is not specified,
3609 no input will be available from the chardev.
3610
3611 Note that ``input-path`` is not supported on Windows hosts.
3612
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003613``-chardev pipe,id=id,path=path``
3614 Create a two-way connection to the guest. The behaviour differs
3615 slightly between Windows hosts and other hosts:
3616
3617 On Windows, a single duplex pipe will be created at
3618 ``\\.pipe\path``.
3619
3620 On other hosts, 2 pipes will be created called ``path.in`` and
3621 ``path.out``. Data written to ``path.in`` will be received by the
3622 guest. Data written by the guest can be read from ``path.out``. QEMU
3623 will not create these fifos, and requires them to be present.
3624
3625 ``path`` forms part of the pipe path as described above. ``path`` is
3626 required.
3627
3628``-chardev console,id=id``
3629 Send traffic from the guest to QEMU's standard output. ``console``
3630 does not take any options.
3631
3632 ``console`` is only available on Windows hosts.
3633
3634``-chardev serial,id=id,path=path``
3635 Send traffic from the guest to a serial device on the host.
3636
3637 On Unix hosts serial will actually accept any tty device, not only
3638 serial lines.
3639
3640 ``path`` specifies the name of the serial device to open.
3641
3642``-chardev pty,id=id``
3643 Create a new pseudo-terminal on the host and connect to it. ``pty``
3644 does not take any options.
3645
3646 ``pty`` is not available on Windows hosts.
3647
3648``-chardev stdio,id=id[,signal=on|off]``
3649 Connect to standard input and standard output of the QEMU process.
3650
3651 ``signal`` controls if signals are enabled on the terminal, that
3652 includes exiting QEMU with the key sequence Control-c. This option
3653 is enabled by default, use ``signal=off`` to disable it.
3654
3655``-chardev braille,id=id``
3656 Connect to a local BrlAPI server. ``braille`` does not take any
3657 options.
3658
Peter Maydell09ce5f22020-02-28 15:36:13 +00003659``-chardev parallel,id=id,path=path``
3660 \
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003661 ``parallel`` is only available on Linux, FreeBSD and DragonFlyBSD
3662 hosts.
3663
3664 Connect to a local parallel port.
3665
3666 ``path`` specifies the path to the parallel port device. ``path`` is
3667 required.
3668
3669``-chardev spicevmc,id=id,debug=debug,name=name``
3670 ``spicevmc`` is only available when spice support is built in.
3671
3672 ``debug`` debug level for spicevmc
3673
3674 ``name`` name of spice channel to connect to
3675
3676 Connect to a spice virtual machine channel, such as vdiport.
3677
3678``-chardev spiceport,id=id,debug=debug,name=name``
3679 ``spiceport`` is only available when spice support is built in.
3680
3681 ``debug`` debug level for spicevmc
3682
3683 ``name`` name of spice port to connect to
3684
3685 Connect to a spice port, allowing a Spice client to handle the
3686 traffic identified by a name (preferably a fqdn).
3687ERST
Matthew Booth7273a2d2009-10-30 13:41:12 +00003688
3689DEFHEADING()
3690
Stefan Bergerd1a0cf72013-02-27 12:47:49 -05003691#ifdef CONFIG_TPM
Markus Armbrusterde6b4f92017-10-02 16:03:00 +02003692DEFHEADING(TPM device options:)
Stefan Bergerd1a0cf72013-02-27 12:47:49 -05003693
3694DEF("tpmdev", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_tpmdev, \
Stefan Berger92dcc232013-02-27 12:47:54 -05003695 "-tpmdev passthrough,id=id[,path=path][,cancel-path=path]\n"
3696 " use path to provide path to a character device; default is /dev/tpm0\n"
3697 " use cancel-path to provide path to TPM's cancel sysfs entry; if\n"
Amarnath Vallurif4ede812017-09-29 14:10:20 +03003698 " not provided it will be searched for in /sys/class/misc/tpm?/device\n"
3699 "-tpmdev emulator,id=id,chardev=dev\n"
3700 " configure the TPM device using chardev backend\n",
Stefan Bergerd1a0cf72013-02-27 12:47:49 -05003701 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003702SRST
3703The general form of a TPM device option is:
3704
3705``-tpmdev backend,id=id[,options]``
3706 The specific backend type will determine the applicable options. The
3707 ``-tpmdev`` option creates the TPM backend and requires a
3708 ``-device`` option that specifies the TPM frontend interface model.
3709
3710 Use ``-tpmdev help`` to print all available TPM backend types.
3711
3712The available backends are:
3713
3714``-tpmdev passthrough,id=id,path=path,cancel-path=cancel-path``
3715 (Linux-host only) Enable access to the host's TPM using the
3716 passthrough driver.
3717
3718 ``path`` specifies the path to the host's TPM device, i.e., on a
3719 Linux host this would be ``/dev/tpm0``. ``path`` is optional and by
3720 default ``/dev/tpm0`` is used.
3721
3722 ``cancel-path`` specifies the path to the host TPM device's sysfs
3723 entry allowing for cancellation of an ongoing TPM command.
3724 ``cancel-path`` is optional and by default QEMU will search for the
3725 sysfs entry to use.
3726
3727 Some notes about using the host's TPM with the passthrough driver:
3728
3729 The TPM device accessed by the passthrough driver must not be used
3730 by any other application on the host.
3731
3732 Since the host's firmware (BIOS/UEFI) has already initialized the
3733 TPM, the VM's firmware (BIOS/UEFI) will not be able to initialize
3734 the TPM again and may therefore not show a TPM-specific menu that
3735 would otherwise allow the user to configure the TPM, e.g., allow the
3736 user to enable/disable or activate/deactivate the TPM. Further, if
3737 TPM ownership is released from within a VM then the host's TPM will
3738 get disabled and deactivated. To enable and activate the TPM again
3739 afterwards, the host has to be rebooted and the user is required to
3740 enter the firmware's menu to enable and activate the TPM. If the TPM
3741 is left disabled and/or deactivated most TPM commands will fail.
3742
3743 To create a passthrough TPM use the following two options:
3744
3745 ::
3746
3747 -tpmdev passthrough,id=tpm0 -device tpm-tis,tpmdev=tpm0
3748
3749 Note that the ``-tpmdev`` id is ``tpm0`` and is referenced by
3750 ``tpmdev=tpm0`` in the device option.
3751
3752``-tpmdev emulator,id=id,chardev=dev``
3753 (Linux-host only) Enable access to a TPM emulator using Unix domain
3754 socket based chardev backend.
3755
3756 ``chardev`` specifies the unique ID of a character device backend
3757 that provides connection to the software TPM server.
3758
3759 To create a TPM emulator backend device with chardev socket backend:
3760
3761 ::
3762
3763 -chardev socket,id=chrtpm,path=/tmp/swtpm-sock -tpmdev emulator,id=tpm0,chardev=chrtpm -device tpm-tis,tpmdev=tpm0
3764ERST
Stefan Bergerd1a0cf72013-02-27 12:47:49 -05003765
3766DEFHEADING()
3767
3768#endif
3769
Alex Bennée1235cf72022-07-25 15:05:20 +01003770DEFHEADING(Boot Image or Kernel specific:)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003771SRST
Alex Bennée1235cf72022-07-25 15:05:20 +01003772There are broadly 4 ways you can boot a system with QEMU.
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003773
Alex Bennée1235cf72022-07-25 15:05:20 +01003774 - specify a firmware and let it control finding a kernel
3775 - specify a firmware and pass a hint to the kernel to boot
3776 - direct kernel image boot
3777 - manually load files into the guest's address space
3778
3779The third method is useful for quickly testing kernels but as there is
3780no firmware to pass configuration information to the kernel the
3781hardware must either be probeable, the kernel built for the exact
3782configuration or passed some configuration data (e.g. a DTB blob)
3783which tells the kernel what drivers it needs. This exact details are
3784often hardware specific.
3785
3786The final method is the most generic way of loading images into the
3787guest address space and used mostly for ``bare metal`` type
3788development where the reset vectors of the processor are taken into
3789account.
3790
3791ERST
3792
3793SRST
3794
3795For x86 machines and some other architectures ``-bios`` will generally
3796do the right thing with whatever it is given. For other machines the
3797more strict ``-pflash`` option needs an image that is sized for the
3798flash device for the given machine type.
3799
3800Please see the :ref:`system-targets-ref` section of the manual for
3801more detailed documentation.
3802
3803ERST
3804
3805DEF("bios", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_bios, \
3806 "-bios file set the filename for the BIOS\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
3807SRST
3808``-bios file``
3809 Set the filename for the BIOS.
3810ERST
3811
3812DEF("pflash", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_pflash,
3813 "-pflash file use 'file' as a parallel flash image\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
3814SRST
3815``-pflash file``
3816 Use file as a parallel flash image.
3817ERST
3818
3819SRST
3820
3821The kernel options were designed to work with Linux kernels although
3822other things (like hypervisors) can be packaged up as a kernel
3823executable image. The exact format of a executable image is usually
3824architecture specific.
3825
3826The way in which the kernel is started (what address it is loaded at,
3827what if any information is passed to it via CPU registers, the state
3828of the hardware when it is started, and so on) is also architecture
3829specific. Typically it follows the specification laid down by the
3830Linux kernel for how kernels for that architecture must be started.
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003831
3832ERST
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00003833
3834DEF("kernel", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_kernel, \
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00003835 "-kernel bzImage use 'bzImage' as kernel image\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003836SRST
3837``-kernel bzImage``
3838 Use bzImage as kernel image. The kernel can be either a Linux kernel
3839 or in multiboot format.
3840ERST
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00003841
3842DEF("append", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_append, \
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00003843 "-append cmdline use 'cmdline' as kernel command line\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003844SRST
3845``-append cmdline``
3846 Use cmdline as kernel command line
3847ERST
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00003848
3849DEF("initrd", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_initrd, \
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00003850 "-initrd file use 'file' as initial ram disk\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003851SRST
3852``-initrd file``
3853 Use file as initial ram disk.
3854
3855``-initrd "file1 arg=foo,file2"``
3856 This syntax is only available with multiboot.
3857
3858 Use file1 and file2 as modules and pass arg=foo as parameter to the
3859 first module.
3860ERST
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00003861
Grant Likely412beee2012-03-02 11:56:38 +00003862DEF("dtb", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_dtb, \
Peter A. G. Crosthwaite379b5c72012-03-04 21:03:54 +10003863 "-dtb file use 'file' as device tree image\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003864SRST
3865``-dtb file``
3866 Use file as a device tree binary (dtb) image and pass it to the
3867 kernel on boot.
3868ERST
Grant Likely412beee2012-03-02 11:56:38 +00003869
Alex Bennée1235cf72022-07-25 15:05:20 +01003870SRST
3871
3872Finally you can also manually load images directly into the address
3873space of the guest. This is most useful for developers who already
3874know the layout of their guest and take care to ensure something sane
3875will happen when the reset vector executes.
3876
3877The generic loader can be invoked by using the loader device:
3878
3879``-device loader,addr=<addr>,data=<data>,data-len=<data-len>[,data-be=<data-be>][,cpu-num=<cpu-num>]``
3880
3881there is also the guest loader which operates in a similar way but
3882tweaks the DTB so a hypervisor loaded via ``-kernel`` can find where
3883the guest image is:
3884
3885``-device guest-loader,addr=<addr>[,kernel=<path>,[bootargs=<arguments>]][,initrd=<path>]``
3886
3887ERST
3888
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00003889DEFHEADING()
3890
Markus Armbrusterde6b4f92017-10-02 16:03:00 +02003891DEFHEADING(Debug/Expert options:)
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00003892
Markus Armbruster6dd75472021-03-18 16:55:10 +01003893DEF("compat", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_compat,
Markus Armbrusterdbb675c2021-03-18 16:55:19 +01003894 "-compat [deprecated-input=accept|reject|crash][,deprecated-output=accept|hide]\n"
Markus Armbruster57df0df2021-10-28 12:25:20 +02003895 " Policy for handling deprecated management interfaces\n"
3896 "-compat [unstable-input=accept|reject|crash][,unstable-output=accept|hide]\n"
3897 " Policy for handling unstable management interfaces\n",
Markus Armbruster6dd75472021-03-18 16:55:10 +01003898 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
3899SRST
3900``-compat [deprecated-input=@var{input-policy}][,deprecated-output=@var{output-policy}]``
3901 Set policy for handling deprecated management interfaces (experimental):
3902
3903 ``deprecated-input=accept`` (default)
3904 Accept deprecated commands and arguments
3905 ``deprecated-input=reject``
3906 Reject deprecated commands and arguments
Markus Armbrusterdbb675c2021-03-18 16:55:19 +01003907 ``deprecated-input=crash``
3908 Crash on deprecated commands and arguments
Markus Armbruster6dd75472021-03-18 16:55:10 +01003909 ``deprecated-output=accept`` (default)
3910 Emit deprecated command results and events
3911 ``deprecated-output=hide``
3912 Suppress deprecated command results and events
3913
3914 Limitation: covers only syntactic aspects of QMP.
Markus Armbruster57df0df2021-10-28 12:25:20 +02003915
3916``-compat [unstable-input=@var{input-policy}][,unstable-output=@var{output-policy}]``
3917 Set policy for handling unstable management interfaces (experimental):
3918
3919 ``unstable-input=accept`` (default)
3920 Accept unstable commands and arguments
3921 ``unstable-input=reject``
3922 Reject unstable commands and arguments
3923 ``unstable-input=crash``
3924 Crash on unstable commands and arguments
3925 ``unstable-output=accept`` (default)
3926 Emit unstable command results and events
3927 ``unstable-output=hide``
3928 Suppress unstable command results and events
3929
3930 Limitation: covers only syntactic aspects of QMP.
Markus Armbruster6dd75472021-03-18 16:55:10 +01003931ERST
3932
Gabriel L. Somlo81b2b812015-04-29 11:21:53 -04003933DEF("fw_cfg", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_fwcfg,
3934 "-fw_cfg [name=]<name>,file=<file>\n"
Markus Armbruster63d31452016-04-18 18:29:50 +02003935 " add named fw_cfg entry with contents from file\n"
Gabriel L. Somlo6407d762015-09-29 12:29:01 -04003936 "-fw_cfg [name=]<name>,string=<str>\n"
Markus Armbruster63d31452016-04-18 18:29:50 +02003937 " add named fw_cfg entry with contents from string\n",
Gabriel L. Somlo81b2b812015-04-29 11:21:53 -04003938 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003939SRST
3940``-fw_cfg [name=]name,file=file``
3941 Add named fw\_cfg entry with contents from file file.
3942
3943``-fw_cfg [name=]name,string=str``
3944 Add named fw\_cfg entry with contents from string str.
3945
3946 The terminating NUL character of the contents of str will not be
3947 included as part of the fw\_cfg item data. To insert contents with
3948 embedded NUL characters, you have to use the file parameter.
3949
3950 The fw\_cfg entries are passed by QEMU through to the guest.
3951
3952 Example:
3953
3954 ::
3955
3956 -fw_cfg name=opt/com.mycompany/blob,file=./my_blob.bin
3957
3958 creates an fw\_cfg entry named opt/com.mycompany/blob with contents
3959 from ./my\_blob.bin.
3960ERST
Gabriel L. Somlo81b2b812015-04-29 11:21:53 -04003961
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00003962DEF("serial", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_serial, \
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00003963 "-serial dev redirect the serial port to char device 'dev'\n",
3964 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003965SRST
3966``-serial dev``
3967 Redirect the virtual serial port to host character device dev. The
3968 default device is ``vc`` in graphical mode and ``stdio`` in non
3969 graphical mode.
3970
3971 This option can be used several times to simulate up to 4 serial
3972 ports.
3973
3974 Use ``-serial none`` to disable all serial ports.
3975
3976 Available character devices are:
3977
3978 ``vc[:WxH]``
3979 Virtual console. Optionally, a width and height can be given in
3980 pixel with
3981
3982 ::
3983
3984 vc:800x600
3985
3986 It is also possible to specify width or height in characters:
3987
3988 ::
3989
3990 vc:80Cx24C
3991
3992 ``pty``
3993 [Linux only] Pseudo TTY (a new PTY is automatically allocated)
3994
3995 ``none``
3996 No device is allocated.
3997
3998 ``null``
3999 void device
4000
4001 ``chardev:id``
4002 Use a named character device defined with the ``-chardev``
4003 option.
4004
4005 ``/dev/XXX``
4006 [Linux only] Use host tty, e.g. ``/dev/ttyS0``. The host serial
4007 port parameters are set according to the emulated ones.
4008
4009 ``/dev/parportN``
4010 [Linux only, parallel port only] Use host parallel port N.
4011 Currently SPP and EPP parallel port features can be used.
4012
4013 ``file:filename``
4014 Write output to filename. No character can be read.
4015
4016 ``stdio``
4017 [Unix only] standard input/output
4018
4019 ``pipe:filename``
4020 name pipe filename
4021
4022 ``COMn``
4023 [Windows only] Use host serial port n
4024
4025 ``udp:[remote_host]:remote_port[@[src_ip]:src_port]``
4026 This implements UDP Net Console. When remote\_host or src\_ip
4027 are not specified they default to ``0.0.0.0``. When not using a
4028 specified src\_port a random port is automatically chosen.
4029
4030 If you just want a simple readonly console you can use
4031 ``netcat`` or ``nc``, by starting QEMU with:
4032 ``-serial udp::4555`` and nc as: ``nc -u -l -p 4555``. Any time
4033 QEMU writes something to that port it will appear in the
4034 netconsole session.
4035
4036 If you plan to send characters back via netconsole or you want
4037 to stop and start QEMU a lot of times, you should have QEMU use
4038 the same source port each time by using something like ``-serial
4039 udp::4555@:4556`` to QEMU. Another approach is to use a patched
4040 version of netcat which can listen to a TCP port and send and
4041 receive characters via udp. If you have a patched version of
4042 netcat which activates telnet remote echo and single char
4043 transfer, then you can use the following options to set up a
4044 netcat redirector to allow telnet on port 5555 to access the
4045 QEMU port.
4046
4047 ``QEMU Options:``
4048 -serial udp::4555@:4556
4049
4050 ``netcat options:``
4051 -u -P 4555 -L 0.0.0.0:4556 -t -p 5555 -I -T
4052
4053 ``telnet options:``
4054 localhost 5555
4055
Paolo Bonzinia9b13152021-02-25 11:47:52 +01004056 ``tcp:[host]:port[,server=on|off][,wait=on|off][,nodelay=on|off][,reconnect=seconds]``
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004057 The TCP Net Console has two modes of operation. It can send the
4058 serial I/O to a location or wait for a connection from a
4059 location. By default the TCP Net Console is sent to host at the
Daniel P. Berrangébfdc1262021-02-16 19:10:19 +00004060 port. If you use the ``server=on`` option QEMU will wait for a client
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004061 socket application to connect to the port before continuing,
Paolo Bonzinia9b13152021-02-25 11:47:52 +01004062 unless the ``wait=on|off`` option was specified. The ``nodelay=on|off``
Daniel P. Berrangébfdc1262021-02-16 19:10:19 +00004063 option disables the Nagle buffering algorithm. The ``reconnect=on``
4064 option only applies if ``server=no`` is set, if the connection goes
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004065 down it will attempt to reconnect at the given interval. If host
4066 is omitted, 0.0.0.0 is assumed. Only one TCP connection at a
Daniel P. Berrangébfdc1262021-02-16 19:10:19 +00004067 time is accepted. You can use ``telnet=on`` to connect to the
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004068 corresponding character device.
4069
4070 ``Example to send tcp console to 192.168.0.2 port 4444``
4071 -serial tcp:192.168.0.2:4444
4072
4073 ``Example to listen and wait on port 4444 for connection``
Daniel P. Berrangébfdc1262021-02-16 19:10:19 +00004074 -serial tcp::4444,server=on
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004075
4076 ``Example to not wait and listen on ip 192.168.0.100 port 4444``
Daniel P. Berrangébfdc1262021-02-16 19:10:19 +00004077 -serial tcp:192.168.0.100:4444,server=on,wait=off
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004078
Paolo Bonzinia9b13152021-02-25 11:47:52 +01004079 ``telnet:host:port[,server=on|off][,wait=on|off][,nodelay=on|off]``
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004080 The telnet protocol is used instead of raw tcp sockets. The
4081 options work the same as if you had specified ``-serial tcp``.
4082 The difference is that the port acts like a telnet server or
4083 client using telnet option negotiation. This will also allow you
4084 to send the MAGIC\_SYSRQ sequence if you use a telnet that
4085 supports sending the break sequence. Typically in unix telnet
4086 you do it with Control-] and then type "send break" followed by
4087 pressing the enter key.
4088
Paolo Bonzinia9b13152021-02-25 11:47:52 +01004089 ``websocket:host:port,server=on[,wait=on|off][,nodelay=on|off]``
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004090 The WebSocket protocol is used instead of raw tcp socket. The
4091 port acts as a WebSocket server. Client mode is not supported.
4092
Daniel P. Berrangébfdc1262021-02-16 19:10:19 +00004093 ``unix:path[,server=on|off][,wait=on|off][,reconnect=seconds]``
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004094 A unix domain socket is used instead of a tcp socket. The option
4095 works the same as if you had specified ``-serial tcp`` except
4096 the unix domain socket path is used for connections.
4097
4098 ``mon:dev_string``
4099 This is a special option to allow the monitor to be multiplexed
4100 onto another serial port. The monitor is accessed with key
4101 sequence of Control-a and then pressing c. dev\_string should be
4102 any one of the serial devices specified above. An example to
4103 multiplex the monitor onto a telnet server listening on port
4104 4444 would be:
4105
Daniel P. Berrangébfdc1262021-02-16 19:10:19 +00004106 ``-serial mon:telnet::4444,server=on,wait=off``
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004107
4108 When the monitor is multiplexed to stdio in this way, Ctrl+C
4109 will not terminate QEMU any more but will be passed to the guest
4110 instead.
4111
4112 ``braille``
4113 Braille device. This will use BrlAPI to display the braille
4114 output on a real or fake device.
4115
4116 ``msmouse``
4117 Three button serial mouse. Configure the guest to use Microsoft
4118 protocol.
4119ERST
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00004120
4121DEF("parallel", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_parallel, \
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00004122 "-parallel dev redirect the parallel port to char device 'dev'\n",
4123 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004124SRST
4125``-parallel dev``
4126 Redirect the virtual parallel port to host device dev (same devices
4127 as the serial port). On Linux hosts, ``/dev/parportN`` can be used
4128 to use hardware devices connected on the corresponding host parallel
4129 port.
4130
4131 This option can be used several times to simulate up to 3 parallel
4132 ports.
4133
4134 Use ``-parallel none`` to disable all parallel ports.
4135ERST
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00004136
4137DEF("monitor", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_monitor, \
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00004138 "-monitor dev redirect the monitor to char device 'dev'\n",
4139 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004140SRST
4141``-monitor dev``
4142 Redirect the monitor to host device dev (same devices as the serial
4143 port). The default device is ``vc`` in graphical mode and ``stdio``
4144 in non graphical mode. Use ``-monitor none`` to disable the default
4145 monitor.
4146ERST
Gerd Hoffmann6ca55822009-12-08 13:11:52 +01004147DEF("qmp", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_qmp, \
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00004148 "-qmp dev like -monitor but opens in 'control' mode\n",
4149 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004150SRST
4151``-qmp dev``
4152 Like -monitor but opens in 'control' mode.
4153ERST
Max Reitz4821cd42014-11-17 13:31:04 +01004154DEF("qmp-pretty", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_qmp_pretty, \
4155 "-qmp-pretty dev like -qmp but uses pretty JSON formatting\n",
4156 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004157SRST
4158``-qmp-pretty dev``
4159 Like -qmp but uses pretty JSON formatting.
4160ERST
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00004161
Gerd Hoffmann22a0e042009-12-08 13:11:51 +01004162DEF("mon", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_mon, \
Vicente Jimenez Aguilaref670722017-11-14 09:11:27 +01004163 "-mon [chardev=]name[,mode=readline|control][,pretty[=on|off]]\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004164SRST
4165``-mon [chardev=]name[,mode=readline|control][,pretty[=on|off]]``
Ali Shirvani16b3f3b2021-05-19 11:41:45 +04304166 Setup monitor on chardev name. ``mode=control`` configures
4167 a QMP monitor (a JSON RPC-style protocol) and it is not the
4168 same as HMP, the human monitor that has a "(qemu)" prompt.
4169 ``pretty`` is only valid when ``mode=control``,
4170 turning on JSON pretty printing to ease
Daniel P. Berrangé283d8452021-02-19 17:56:13 +00004171 human reading and debugging.
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004172ERST
Gerd Hoffmann22a0e042009-12-08 13:11:51 +01004173
H. Peter Anvinc9f398e2009-12-29 13:51:36 -08004174DEF("debugcon", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_debugcon, \
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00004175 "-debugcon dev redirect the debug console to char device 'dev'\n",
4176 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004177SRST
4178``-debugcon dev``
4179 Redirect the debug console to host device dev (same devices as the
4180 serial port). The debug console is an I/O port which is typically
4181 port 0xe9; writing to that I/O port sends output to this device. The
4182 default device is ``vc`` in graphical mode and ``stdio`` in non
4183 graphical mode.
4184ERST
H. Peter Anvinc9f398e2009-12-29 13:51:36 -08004185
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00004186DEF("pidfile", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_pidfile, \
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00004187 "-pidfile file write PID to 'file'\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004188SRST
4189``-pidfile file``
4190 Store the QEMU process PID in file. It is useful if you launch QEMU
4191 from a script.
4192ERST
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00004193
aurel321b530a62009-04-05 20:08:59 +00004194DEF("singlestep", 0, QEMU_OPTION_singlestep, \
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00004195 "-singlestep always run in singlestep mode\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004196SRST
4197``-singlestep``
4198 Run the emulation in single step mode.
4199ERST
aurel321b530a62009-04-05 20:08:59 +00004200
Igor Mammedov047f7032018-05-11 19:24:43 +02004201DEF("preconfig", 0, QEMU_OPTION_preconfig, \
Markus Armbruster361ac942018-07-05 11:14:02 +02004202 "--preconfig pause QEMU before machine is initialized (experimental)\n",
Igor Mammedov047f7032018-05-11 19:24:43 +02004203 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004204SRST
4205``--preconfig``
4206 Pause QEMU for interactive configuration before the machine is
4207 created, which allows querying and configuring properties that will
4208 affect machine initialization. Use QMP command 'x-exit-preconfig' to
4209 exit the preconfig state and move to the next state (i.e. run guest
4210 if -S isn't used or pause the second time if -S is used). This
4211 option is experimental.
4212ERST
Igor Mammedov047f7032018-05-11 19:24:43 +02004213
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00004214DEF("S", 0, QEMU_OPTION_S, \
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00004215 "-S freeze CPU at startup (use 'c' to start execution)\n",
4216 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004217SRST
4218``-S``
4219 Do not start CPU at startup (you must type 'c' in the monitor).
4220ERST
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00004221
Michael S. Tsirkin6f131f12018-06-22 22:22:05 +03004222DEF("overcommit", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_overcommit,
BALATON Zoltandfaa7d52018-07-16 21:12:08 +02004223 "-overcommit [mem-lock=on|off][cpu-pm=on|off]\n"
Michael S. Tsirkin6f131f12018-06-22 22:22:05 +03004224 " run qemu with overcommit hints\n"
4225 " mem-lock=on|off controls memory lock support (default: off)\n"
4226 " cpu-pm=on|off controls cpu power management (default: off)\n",
4227 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004228SRST
4229``-overcommit mem-lock=on|off``
Peter Maydell09ce5f22020-02-28 15:36:13 +00004230 \
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004231``-overcommit cpu-pm=on|off``
4232 Run qemu with hints about host resource overcommit. The default is
4233 to assume that host overcommits all resources.
4234
4235 Locking qemu and guest memory can be enabled via ``mem-lock=on``
4236 (disabled by default). This works when host memory is not
Thomas Huthc8c9dc42020-12-10 16:58:07 +01004237 overcommitted and reduces the worst-case latency for guest.
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004238
4239 Guest ability to manage power state of host cpus (increasing latency
4240 for other processes on the same host cpu, but decreasing latency for
4241 guest) can be enabled via ``cpu-pm=on`` (disabled by default). This
4242 works best when host CPU is not overcommitted. When used, host
4243 estimates of CPU cycle and power utilization will be incorrect, not
4244 taking into account guest idle time.
4245ERST
Michael S. Tsirkin6f131f12018-06-22 22:22:05 +03004246
aliguori59030a82009-04-05 18:43:41 +00004247DEF("gdb", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_gdb, \
Peter Maydelle5910d42020-04-03 10:40:14 +01004248 "-gdb dev accept gdb connection on 'dev'. (QEMU defaults to starting\n"
4249 " the guest without waiting for gdb to connect; use -S too\n"
4250 " if you want it to not start execution.)\n",
4251 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004252SRST
4253``-gdb dev``
Thomas Huth923e9312020-11-16 15:47:36 +01004254 Accept a gdb connection on device dev (see the :ref:`GDB usage` chapter
4255 in the System Emulation Users Guide). Note that this option does not pause QEMU
Peter Maydelle5910d42020-04-03 10:40:14 +01004256 execution -- if you want QEMU to not start the guest until you
4257 connect with gdb and issue a ``continue`` command, you will need to
4258 also pass the ``-S`` option to QEMU.
4259
4260 The most usual configuration is to listen on a local TCP socket::
4261
4262 -gdb tcp::3117
4263
4264 but you can specify other backends; UDP, pseudo TTY, or even stdio
4265 are all reasonable use cases. For example, a stdio connection
4266 allows you to start QEMU from within gdb and establish the
4267 connection via a pipe:
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004268
Peter Maydell09ce5f22020-02-28 15:36:13 +00004269 .. parsed-literal::
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004270
4271 (gdb) target remote | exec |qemu_system| -gdb stdio ...
4272ERST
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00004273
aliguori59030a82009-04-05 18:43:41 +00004274DEF("s", 0, QEMU_OPTION_s, \
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00004275 "-s shorthand for -gdb tcp::" DEFAULT_GDBSTUB_PORT "\n",
4276 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004277SRST
4278``-s``
4279 Shorthand for -gdb tcp::1234, i.e. open a gdbserver on TCP port 1234
Thomas Huth923e9312020-11-16 15:47:36 +01004280 (see the :ref:`GDB usage` chapter in the System Emulation Users Guide).
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004281ERST
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00004282
4283DEF("d", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_d, \
Peter Maydell989b6972013-02-26 17:52:40 +00004284 "-d item1,... enable logging of specified items (use '-d help' for a list of log items)\n",
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00004285 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004286SRST
4287``-d item1[,...]``
4288 Enable logging of specified items. Use '-d help' for a list of log
4289 items.
4290ERST
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00004291
Matthew Fernandezc235d732011-06-07 16:32:40 +00004292DEF("D", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_D, \
Peter Maydell989b6972013-02-26 17:52:40 +00004293 "-D logfile output log to logfile (default stderr)\n",
Matthew Fernandezc235d732011-06-07 16:32:40 +00004294 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004295SRST
4296``-D logfile``
4297 Output log in logfile instead of to stderr
4298ERST
Matthew Fernandezc235d732011-06-07 16:32:40 +00004299
Alex Bennée35145522016-03-15 14:30:20 +00004300DEF("dfilter", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_DFILTER, \
4301 "-dfilter range,.. filter debug output to range of addresses (useful for -d cpu,exec,etc..)\n",
4302 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004303SRST
4304``-dfilter range1[,...]``
4305 Filter debug output to that relevant to a range of target addresses.
4306 The filter spec can be either start+size, start-size or start..end
4307 where start end and size are the addresses and sizes required. For
4308 example:
4309
4310 ::
4311
4312 -dfilter 0x8000..0x8fff,0xffffffc000080000+0x200,0xffffffc000060000-0x1000
4313
4314 Will dump output for any code in the 0x1000 sized block starting at
4315 0x8000 and the 0x200 sized block starting at 0xffffffc000080000 and
4316 another 0x1000 sized block starting at 0xffffffc00005f000.
4317ERST
Alex Bennée35145522016-03-15 14:30:20 +00004318
Richard Henderson9c09a252019-03-14 13:06:29 -07004319DEF("seed", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_seed, \
4320 "-seed number seed the pseudo-random number generator\n",
4321 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004322SRST
4323``-seed number``
4324 Force the guest to use a deterministic pseudo-random number
4325 generator, seeded with number. This does not affect crypto routines
4326 within the host.
4327ERST
Richard Henderson9c09a252019-03-14 13:06:29 -07004328
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00004329DEF("L", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_L, \
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00004330 "-L path set the directory for the BIOS, VGA BIOS and keymaps\n",
4331 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004332SRST
4333``-L path``
4334 Set the directory for the BIOS, VGA BIOS and keymaps.
4335
4336 To list all the data directories, use ``-L help``.
4337ERST
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00004338
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00004339DEF("enable-kvm", 0, QEMU_OPTION_enable_kvm, \
Thomas Huth21abf012022-04-27 15:49:06 +02004340 "-enable-kvm enable KVM full virtualization support\n",
4341 QEMU_ARCH_ARM | QEMU_ARCH_I386 | QEMU_ARCH_MIPS | QEMU_ARCH_PPC |
4342 QEMU_ARCH_RISCV | QEMU_ARCH_S390X)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004343SRST
4344``-enable-kvm``
4345 Enable KVM full virtualization support. This option is only
4346 available if KVM support is enabled when compiling.
4347ERST
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00004348
aliguorie37630c2009-04-22 15:19:10 +00004349DEF("xen-domid", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_xen_domid,
Thomas Hutheeb36472022-04-27 15:31:56 +02004350 "-xen-domid id specify xen guest domain id\n",
4351 QEMU_ARCH_ARM | QEMU_ARCH_I386)
aliguorie37630c2009-04-22 15:19:10 +00004352DEF("xen-attach", 0, QEMU_OPTION_xen_attach,
4353 "-xen-attach attach to existing xen domain\n"
Anthony PERARD1077bca2018-09-14 12:18:30 +01004354 " libxl will use this when starting QEMU\n",
Thomas Hutheeb36472022-04-27 15:31:56 +02004355 QEMU_ARCH_ARM | QEMU_ARCH_I386)
Paul Durrant1c599472017-03-22 09:39:15 +00004356DEF("xen-domid-restrict", 0, QEMU_OPTION_xen_domid_restrict,
4357 "-xen-domid-restrict restrict set of available xen operations\n"
4358 " to specified domain id. (Does not affect\n"
4359 " xenpv machine type).\n",
Thomas Hutheeb36472022-04-27 15:31:56 +02004360 QEMU_ARCH_ARM | QEMU_ARCH_I386)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004361SRST
4362``-xen-domid id``
4363 Specify xen guest domain id (XEN only).
4364
4365``-xen-attach``
4366 Attach to existing xen domain. libxl will use this when starting
4367 QEMU (XEN only). Restrict set of available xen operations to
4368 specified domain id (XEN only).
4369ERST
aliguorie37630c2009-04-22 15:19:10 +00004370
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00004371DEF("no-reboot", 0, QEMU_OPTION_no_reboot, \
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00004372 "-no-reboot exit instead of rebooting\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004373SRST
4374``-no-reboot``
4375 Exit instead of rebooting.
4376ERST
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00004377
4378DEF("no-shutdown", 0, QEMU_OPTION_no_shutdown, \
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00004379 "-no-shutdown stop before shutdown\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004380SRST
4381``-no-shutdown``
4382 Don't exit QEMU on guest shutdown, but instead only stop the
4383 emulation. This allows for instance switching to monitor to commit
4384 changes to the disk image.
4385ERST
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00004386
Alejandro Jimenez2a5ad602020-12-11 11:52:41 -05004387DEF("action", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_action,
Paolo Bonzinic27025e2021-01-20 14:30:27 +01004388 "-action reboot=reset|shutdown\n"
4389 " action when guest reboots [default=reset]\n"
Alejandro Jimenez2a5ad602020-12-11 11:52:41 -05004390 "-action shutdown=poweroff|pause\n"
4391 " action when guest shuts down [default=poweroff]\n"
Ilya Leoshkevich0882caf2022-07-26 00:37:45 +02004392 "-action panic=pause|shutdown|exit-failure|none\n"
Paolo Bonzinic27025e2021-01-20 14:30:27 +01004393 " action when guest panics [default=shutdown]\n"
Alejandro Jimenez2a5ad602020-12-11 11:52:41 -05004394 "-action watchdog=reset|shutdown|poweroff|inject-nmi|pause|debug|none\n"
4395 " action when watchdog fires [default=reset]\n",
4396 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
4397SRST
4398``-action event=action``
4399 The action parameter serves to modify QEMU's default behavior when
4400 certain guest events occur. It provides a generic method for specifying the
4401 same behaviors that are modified by the ``-no-reboot`` and ``-no-shutdown``
4402 parameters.
4403
4404 Examples:
4405
Alejandro Jimenezc753e8e2020-12-11 17:31:52 -05004406 ``-action panic=none``
Alejandro Jimenez2a5ad602020-12-11 11:52:41 -05004407 ``-action reboot=shutdown,shutdown=pause``
Paolo Bonzini5433af72022-09-10 13:44:47 +02004408 ``-device i6300esb -action watchdog=pause``
Alejandro Jimenez2a5ad602020-12-11 11:52:41 -05004409
4410ERST
4411
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00004412DEF("loadvm", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_loadvm, \
4413 "-loadvm [tag|id]\n" \
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00004414 " start right away with a saved state (loadvm in monitor)\n",
4415 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004416SRST
4417``-loadvm file``
4418 Start right away with a saved state (``loadvm`` in monitor)
4419ERST
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00004420
4421#ifndef _WIN32
4422DEF("daemonize", 0, QEMU_OPTION_daemonize, \
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00004423 "-daemonize daemonize QEMU after initializing\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00004424#endif
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004425SRST
4426``-daemonize``
4427 Daemonize the QEMU process after initialization. QEMU will not
4428 detach from standard IO until it is ready to receive connections on
4429 any of its devices. This option is a useful way for external
4430 programs to launch QEMU without having to cope with initialization
4431 race conditions.
4432ERST
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00004433
4434DEF("option-rom", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_option_rom, \
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00004435 "-option-rom rom load a file, rom, into the option ROM space\n",
4436 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004437SRST
4438``-option-rom file``
4439 Load the contents of file as an option ROM. This option is useful to
4440 load things like EtherBoot.
4441ERST
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00004442
Jan Kiszka1ed2fc12009-09-15 13:36:04 +02004443DEF("rtc", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_rtc, \
Artem Pisarenko238d1242018-10-18 13:12:52 +06004444 "-rtc [base=utc|localtime|<datetime>][,clock=host|rt|vm][,driftfix=none|slew]\n" \
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00004445 " set the RTC base and clock, enable drift fix for clock ticks (x86 only)\n",
4446 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Jan Kiszka1ed2fc12009-09-15 13:36:04 +02004447
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004448SRST
4449``-rtc [base=utc|localtime|datetime][,clock=host|rt|vm][,driftfix=none|slew]``
4450 Specify ``base`` as ``utc`` or ``localtime`` to let the RTC start at
4451 the current UTC or local time, respectively. ``localtime`` is
4452 required for correct date in MS-DOS or Windows. To start at a
4453 specific point in time, provide datetime in the format
4454 ``2006-06-17T16:01:21`` or ``2006-06-17``. The default base is UTC.
4455
4456 By default the RTC is driven by the host system time. This allows
4457 using of the RTC as accurate reference clock inside the guest,
4458 specifically if the host time is smoothly following an accurate
4459 external reference clock, e.g. via NTP. If you want to isolate the
4460 guest time from the host, you can set ``clock`` to ``rt`` instead,
4461 which provides a host monotonic clock if host support it. To even
4462 prevent the RTC from progressing during suspension, you can set
4463 ``clock`` to ``vm`` (virtual clock). '\ ``clock=vm``\ ' is
4464 recommended especially in icount mode in order to preserve
4465 determinism; however, note that in icount mode the speed of the
4466 virtual clock is variable and can in general differ from the host
4467 clock.
4468
4469 Enable ``driftfix`` (i386 targets only) if you experience time drift
4470 problems, specifically with Windows' ACPI HAL. This option will try
4471 to figure out how many timer interrupts were not processed by the
4472 Windows guest and will re-inject them.
4473ERST
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00004474
4475DEF("icount", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_icount, \
Peter Maydellfa647902020-11-21 21:35:06 +00004476 "-icount [shift=N|auto][,align=on|off][,sleep=on|off][,rr=record|replay,rrfile=<filename>[,rrsnapshot=<snapshot>]]\n" \
aliguoribc14ca22009-04-05 18:43:37 +00004477 " enable virtual instruction counter with 2^N clock ticks per\n" \
Victor CLEMENTf1f4b572015-05-29 17:14:05 +02004478 " instruction, enable aligning the host and virtual clocks\n" \
Peter Maydellfa647902020-11-21 21:35:06 +00004479 " or disable real time cpu sleeping, and optionally enable\n" \
4480 " record-and-replay mode\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004481SRST
Peter Maydellfa647902020-11-21 21:35:06 +00004482``-icount [shift=N|auto][,align=on|off][,sleep=on|off][,rr=record|replay,rrfile=filename[,rrsnapshot=snapshot]]``
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004483 Enable virtual instruction counter. The virtual cpu will execute one
4484 instruction every 2^N ns of virtual time. If ``auto`` is specified
4485 then the virtual cpu speed will be automatically adjusted to keep
4486 virtual time within a few seconds of real time.
4487
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004488 Note that while this option can give deterministic behavior, it does
4489 not provide cycle accurate emulation. Modern CPUs contain
4490 superscalar out of order cores with complex cache hierarchies. The
4491 number of instructions executed often has little or no correlation
4492 with actual performance.
4493
Peter Maydellfa647902020-11-21 21:35:06 +00004494 When the virtual cpu is sleeping, the virtual time will advance at
4495 default speed unless ``sleep=on`` is specified. With
4496 ``sleep=on``, the virtual time will jump to the next timer
4497 deadline instantly whenever the virtual cpu goes to sleep mode and
4498 will not advance if no timer is enabled. This behavior gives
4499 deterministic execution times from the guest point of view.
4500 The default if icount is enabled is ``sleep=off``.
4501 ``sleep=on`` cannot be used together with either ``shift=auto``
4502 or ``align=on``.
4503
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004504 ``align=on`` will activate the delay algorithm which will try to
4505 synchronise the host clock and the virtual clock. The goal is to
4506 have a guest running at the real frequency imposed by the shift
4507 option. Whenever the guest clock is behind the host clock and if
4508 ``align=on`` is specified then we print a message to the user to
4509 inform about the delay. Currently this option does not work when
4510 ``shift`` is ``auto``. Note: The sync algorithm will work for those
4511 shift values for which the guest clock runs ahead of the host clock.
4512 Typically this happens when the shift value is high (how high
Peter Maydellfa647902020-11-21 21:35:06 +00004513 depends on the host machine). The default if icount is enabled
4514 is ``align=off``.
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004515
Peter Maydellfa647902020-11-21 21:35:06 +00004516 When the ``rr`` option is specified deterministic record/replay is
4517 enabled. The ``rrfile=`` option must also be provided to
4518 specify the path to the replay log. In record mode data is written
4519 to this file, and in replay mode it is read back.
4520 If the ``rrsnapshot`` option is given then it specifies a VM snapshot
4521 name. In record mode, a new VM snapshot with the given name is created
4522 at the start of execution recording. In replay mode this option
4523 specifies the snapshot name used to load the initial VM state.
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004524ERST
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00004525
Richard W.M. Jones9dd986c2009-04-25 13:56:19 +01004526DEF("watchdog-action", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_watchdog_action, \
Markus Armbruster7ad92702017-10-02 16:03:07 +02004527 "-watchdog-action reset|shutdown|poweroff|inject-nmi|pause|debug|none\n" \
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00004528 " action when watchdog fires [default=reset]\n",
4529 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004530SRST
4531``-watchdog-action action``
4532 The action controls what QEMU will do when the watchdog timer
4533 expires. The default is ``reset`` (forcefully reset the guest).
4534 Other possible actions are: ``shutdown`` (attempt to gracefully
4535 shutdown the guest), ``poweroff`` (forcefully poweroff the guest),
4536 ``inject-nmi`` (inject a NMI into the guest), ``pause`` (pause the
4537 guest), ``debug`` (print a debug message and continue), or ``none``
4538 (do nothing).
4539
4540 Note that the ``shutdown`` action requires that the guest responds
4541 to ACPI signals, which it may not be able to do in the sort of
4542 situations where the watchdog would have expired, and thus
4543 ``-watchdog-action shutdown`` is not recommended for production use.
4544
4545 Examples:
4546
Paolo Bonzini5433af72022-09-10 13:44:47 +02004547 ``-device i6300esb -watchdog-action pause``
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004548
4549ERST
Richard W.M. Jones9dd986c2009-04-25 13:56:19 +01004550
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00004551DEF("echr", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_echr, \
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00004552 "-echr chr set terminal escape character instead of ctrl-a\n",
4553 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004554SRST
4555``-echr numeric_ascii_value``
4556 Change the escape character used for switching to the monitor when
4557 using monitor and serial sharing. The default is ``0x01`` when using
4558 the ``-nographic`` option. ``0x01`` is equal to pressing
4559 ``Control-a``. You can select a different character from the ascii
4560 control keys where 1 through 26 map to Control-a through Control-z.
4561 For instance you could use the either of the following to change the
4562 escape character to Control-t.
4563
4564 ``-echr 0x14``; \ ``-echr 20``
4565
4566ERST
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00004567
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00004568DEF("incoming", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_incoming, \
Daniel P. Berrangébf240952021-02-16 19:10:22 +00004569 "-incoming tcp:[host]:port[,to=maxport][,ipv4=on|off][,ipv6=on|off]\n" \
4570 "-incoming rdma:host:port[,ipv4=on|off][,ipv6=on|off]\n" \
Michael Tokarev7c601802015-02-10 22:40:47 +03004571 "-incoming unix:socketpath\n" \
4572 " prepare for incoming migration, listen on\n" \
4573 " specified protocol and socket address\n" \
4574 "-incoming fd:fd\n" \
4575 "-incoming exec:cmdline\n" \
4576 " accept incoming migration on given file descriptor\n" \
Dr. David Alan Gilbert15970512015-05-29 19:52:52 +01004577 " or from given external command\n" \
4578 "-incoming defer\n" \
4579 " wait for the URI to be specified via migrate_incoming\n",
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00004580 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004581SRST
Daniel P. Berrangébf240952021-02-16 19:10:22 +00004582``-incoming tcp:[host]:port[,to=maxport][,ipv4=on|off][,ipv6=on|off]``
Peter Maydell09ce5f22020-02-28 15:36:13 +00004583 \
Daniel P. Berrangébf240952021-02-16 19:10:22 +00004584``-incoming rdma:host:port[,ipv4=on|off][,ipv6=on|off]``
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004585 Prepare for incoming migration, listen on a given tcp port.
4586
4587``-incoming unix:socketpath``
4588 Prepare for incoming migration, listen on a given unix socket.
4589
4590``-incoming fd:fd``
4591 Accept incoming migration from a given filedescriptor.
4592
4593``-incoming exec:cmdline``
4594 Accept incoming migration as an output from specified external
4595 command.
4596
4597``-incoming defer``
4598 Wait for the URI to be specified via migrate\_incoming. The monitor
4599 can be used to change settings (such as migration parameters) prior
4600 to issuing the migrate\_incoming to allow the migration to begin.
4601ERST
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00004602
Ashijeet Acharyad15c05f2017-01-16 17:01:51 +05304603DEF("only-migratable", 0, QEMU_OPTION_only_migratable, \
4604 "-only-migratable allow only migratable devices\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004605SRST
4606``-only-migratable``
4607 Only allow migratable devices. Devices will not be allowed to enter
4608 an unmigratable state.
4609ERST
Ashijeet Acharyad15c05f2017-01-16 17:01:51 +05304610
Gerd Hoffmannd8c208d2009-12-08 13:11:46 +01004611DEF("nodefaults", 0, QEMU_OPTION_nodefaults, \
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00004612 "-nodefaults don't create default devices\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004613SRST
4614``-nodefaults``
4615 Don't create default devices. Normally, QEMU sets the default
4616 devices like serial port, parallel port, virtual console, monitor
4617 device, VGA adapter, floppy and CD-ROM drive and others. The
4618 ``-nodefaults`` option will disable all those default devices.
4619ERST
Gerd Hoffmannd8c208d2009-12-08 13:11:46 +01004620
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00004621#ifndef _WIN32
4622DEF("chroot", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_chroot, \
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00004623 "-chroot dir chroot to dir just before starting the VM\n",
4624 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00004625#endif
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004626SRST
4627``-chroot dir``
4628 Immediately before starting guest execution, chroot to the specified
4629 directory. Especially useful in combination with -runas.
4630ERST
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00004631
4632#ifndef _WIN32
4633DEF("runas", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_runas, \
Ian Jackson2c42f1e2017-09-15 18:10:44 +01004634 "-runas user change to user id user just before starting the VM\n" \
4635 " user can be numeric uid:gid instead\n",
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00004636 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00004637#endif
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004638SRST
4639``-runas user``
4640 Immediately before starting guest execution, drop root privileges,
4641 switching to the specified user.
4642ERST
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00004643
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00004644DEF("prom-env", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_prom_env,
4645 "-prom-env variable=value\n"
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00004646 " set OpenBIOS nvram variables\n",
4647 QEMU_ARCH_PPC | QEMU_ARCH_SPARC)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004648SRST
4649``-prom-env variable=value``
4650 Set OpenBIOS nvram variable to given value (PPC, SPARC only).
4651
4652 ::
4653
4654 qemu-system-sparc -prom-env 'auto-boot?=false' \
4655 -prom-env 'boot-device=sd(0,2,0):d' -prom-env 'boot-args=linux single'
4656
4657 ::
4658
4659 qemu-system-ppc -prom-env 'auto-boot?=false' \
4660 -prom-env 'boot-device=hd:2,\yaboot' \
4661 -prom-env 'boot-args=conf=hd:2,\yaboot.conf'
4662ERST
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00004663DEF("semihosting", 0, QEMU_OPTION_semihosting,
Michael Wallef7bbcfb2014-04-22 20:18:42 +02004664 "-semihosting semihosting mode\n",
Markus Armbruster9d49bcf2021-05-03 10:40:33 +02004665 QEMU_ARCH_ARM | QEMU_ARCH_M68K | QEMU_ARCH_XTENSA |
Keith Packarda10b9d92021-01-08 22:42:52 +00004666 QEMU_ARCH_MIPS | QEMU_ARCH_NIOS2 | QEMU_ARCH_RISCV)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004667SRST
4668``-semihosting``
Alex Bennée2da9d212023-01-24 18:01:13 +00004669 Enable :ref:`Semihosting` mode (ARM, M68K, Xtensa, MIPS, Nios II, RISC-V only).
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004670
Alex Bennée2da9d212023-01-24 18:01:13 +00004671 .. warning::
4672 Note that this allows guest direct access to the host filesystem, so
4673 should only be used with a trusted guest OS.
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004674
4675 See the -semihosting-config option documentation for further
4676 information about the facilities this enables.
4677ERST
Liviu Ionescua38bb072014-12-11 12:07:48 +00004678DEF("semihosting-config", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_semihosting_config,
Peter Maydell52028612022-08-22 15:12:24 +01004679 "-semihosting-config [enable=on|off][,target=native|gdb|auto][,chardev=id][,userspace=on|off][,arg=str[,...]]\n" \
Leon Alraea59d31a2015-06-19 14:17:45 +01004680 " semihosting configuration\n",
Markus Armbruster9d49bcf2021-05-03 10:40:33 +02004681QEMU_ARCH_ARM | QEMU_ARCH_M68K | QEMU_ARCH_XTENSA |
Keith Packarda10b9d92021-01-08 22:42:52 +00004682QEMU_ARCH_MIPS | QEMU_ARCH_NIOS2 | QEMU_ARCH_RISCV)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004683SRST
Peter Maydell52028612022-08-22 15:12:24 +01004684``-semihosting-config [enable=on|off][,target=native|gdb|auto][,chardev=id][,userspace=on|off][,arg=str[,...]]``
Alex Bennée2da9d212023-01-24 18:01:13 +00004685 Enable and configure :ref:`Semihosting` (ARM, M68K, Xtensa, MIPS, Nios II, RISC-V
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004686 only).
4687
Alex Bennée2da9d212023-01-24 18:01:13 +00004688 .. warning::
4689 Note that this allows guest direct access to the host filesystem, so
4690 should only be used with a trusted guest OS.
Keith Packarda10b9d92021-01-08 22:42:52 +00004691
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004692 ``target=native|gdb|auto``
4693 Defines where the semihosting calls will be addressed, to QEMU
4694 (``native``) or to GDB (``gdb``). The default is ``auto``, which
4695 means ``gdb`` during debug sessions and ``native`` otherwise.
4696
4697 ``chardev=str1``
4698 Send the output to a chardev backend output for native or auto
4699 output when not in gdb
4700
Peter Maydell52028612022-08-22 15:12:24 +01004701 ``userspace=on|off``
4702 Allows code running in guest userspace to access the semihosting
4703 interface. The default is that only privileged guest code can
4704 make semihosting calls. Note that setting ``userspace=on`` should
4705 only be used if all guest code is trusted (for example, in
4706 bare-metal test case code).
4707
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004708 ``arg=str1,arg=str2,...``
4709 Allows the user to pass input arguments, and can be used
4710 multiple times to build up a list. The old-style
4711 ``-kernel``/``-append`` method of passing a command line is
4712 still supported for backward compatibility. If both the
4713 ``--semihosting-config arg`` and the ``-kernel``/``-append`` are
4714 specified, the former is passed to semihosting as it always
4715 takes precedence.
4716ERST
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00004717DEF("old-param", 0, QEMU_OPTION_old_param,
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00004718 "-old-param old param mode\n", QEMU_ARCH_ARM)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004719SRST
4720``-old-param``
4721 Old param mode (ARM only).
4722ERST
Stefan Weil95d5f082010-01-20 22:25:27 +01004723
Eduardo Otubo7d76ad42012-08-14 18:44:08 -03004724DEF("sandbox", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_sandbox, \
Eduardo Otubo73a1e642017-03-13 22:13:27 +01004725 "-sandbox on[,obsolete=allow|deny][,elevateprivileges=allow|deny|children]\n" \
Eduardo Otubo24f8cdc2017-03-13 22:18:51 +01004726 " [,spawn=allow|deny][,resourcecontrol=allow|deny]\n" \
Eduardo Otubo2b716fa2017-03-01 23:17:29 +01004727 " Enable seccomp mode 2 system call filter (default 'off').\n" \
4728 " use 'obsolete' to allow obsolete system calls that are provided\n" \
4729 " by the kernel, but typically no longer used by modern\n" \
Eduardo Otubo73a1e642017-03-13 22:13:27 +01004730 " C library implementations.\n" \
Philippe Mathieu-Daudéd42304b2021-03-03 19:46:43 +01004731 " use 'elevateprivileges' to allow or deny the QEMU process ability\n" \
4732 " to elevate privileges using set*uid|gid system calls.\n" \
Eduardo Otubo73a1e642017-03-13 22:13:27 +01004733 " The value 'children' will deny set*uid|gid system calls for\n" \
Eduardo Otubo995a2262017-03-13 22:16:01 +01004734 " main QEMU process but will allow forks and execves to run unprivileged\n" \
4735 " use 'spawn' to avoid QEMU to spawn new threads or processes by\n" \
Philippe Mathieu-Daudéd42304b2021-03-03 19:46:43 +01004736 " blocking *fork and execve\n" \
Eduardo Otubo24f8cdc2017-03-13 22:18:51 +01004737 " use 'resourcecontrol' to disable process affinity and schedular priority\n",
Eduardo Otubo7d76ad42012-08-14 18:44:08 -03004738 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004739SRST
4740``-sandbox arg[,obsolete=string][,elevateprivileges=string][,spawn=string][,resourcecontrol=string]``
4741 Enable Seccomp mode 2 system call filter. 'on' will enable syscall
4742 filtering and 'off' will disable it. The default is 'off'.
4743
4744 ``obsolete=string``
4745 Enable Obsolete system calls
4746
4747 ``elevateprivileges=string``
4748 Disable set\*uid\|gid system calls
4749
4750 ``spawn=string``
4751 Disable \*fork and execve
4752
4753 ``resourcecontrol=string``
4754 Disable process affinity and schedular priority
4755ERST
Eduardo Otubo7d76ad42012-08-14 18:44:08 -03004756
Gerd Hoffmann715a6642009-10-14 10:39:28 +02004757DEF("readconfig", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_readconfig,
Paolo Bonzinie960a7e2022-04-14 10:57:21 -04004758 "-readconfig <file>\n"
4759 " read config file\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004760SRST
4761``-readconfig file``
4762 Read device configuration from file. This approach is useful when
4763 you want to spawn QEMU process with many command line options but
4764 you don't want to exceed the command line character limit.
4765ERST
Thomas Huth2feac452018-08-21 12:59:56 +02004766
Eduardo Habkostf29a5612012-05-02 13:07:29 -03004767DEF("no-user-config", 0, QEMU_OPTION_nouserconfig,
4768 "-no-user-config\n"
Eduardo Habkost3478eae2017-10-04 00:00:25 -03004769 " do not load default user-provided config files at startup\n",
Eduardo Habkostf29a5612012-05-02 13:07:29 -03004770 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004771SRST
4772``-no-user-config``
4773 The ``-no-user-config`` option makes QEMU not load any of the
4774 user-provided config files on sysconfdir.
4775ERST
Thomas Huth2feac452018-08-21 12:59:56 +02004776
Prerna Saxenaab6540d2010-08-09 11:48:32 +01004777DEF("trace", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_trace,
Paolo Bonzini10578a22016-01-07 16:55:26 +03004778 "-trace [[enable=]<pattern>][,events=<file>][,file=<file>]\n"
Lluís23d15e82011-08-31 20:31:31 +02004779 " specify tracing options\n",
Prerna Saxenaab6540d2010-08-09 11:48:32 +01004780 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004781SRST
4782``-trace [[enable=]pattern][,events=file][,file=file]``
Peter Maydell09ce5f22020-02-28 15:36:13 +00004783 .. include:: ../qemu-option-trace.rst.inc
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004784
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004785ERST
Lluís Vilanova42229a72017-07-24 17:28:22 +03004786DEF("plugin", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_plugin,
Mahmoud Mandour3a445ac2021-07-30 15:58:05 +02004787 "-plugin [file=]<file>[,<argname>=<argvalue>]\n"
Lluís Vilanova42229a72017-07-24 17:28:22 +03004788 " load a plugin\n",
4789 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004790SRST
Mahmoud Mandour3a445ac2021-07-30 15:58:05 +02004791``-plugin file=file[,argname=argvalue]``
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004792 Load a plugin.
4793
4794 ``file=file``
4795 Load the given plugin from a shared library file.
4796
Mahmoud Mandour3a445ac2021-07-30 15:58:05 +02004797 ``argname=argvalue``
4798 Argument passed to the plugin. (Can be given multiple times.)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004799ERST
Stefan Weil3dbf2c72010-01-16 18:19:44 +01004800
Markus Armbruster31e70d62013-02-13 19:49:37 +01004801HXCOMM Internal use
4802DEF("qtest", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_qtest, "", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
4803DEF("qtest-log", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_qtest_log, "", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Anthony Liguoric7f0f3b2012-03-28 15:42:02 +02004804
Claudio Imbrendac891c242022-08-12 15:34:53 +02004805#ifdef __linux__
4806DEF("async-teardown", 0, QEMU_OPTION_asyncteardown,
4807 "-async-teardown enable asynchronous teardown\n",
4808 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
4809#endif
4810SRST
4811``-async-teardown``
4812 Enable asynchronous teardown. A new process called "cleanup/<QEMU_PID>"
4813 will be created at startup sharing the address space with the main qemu
4814 process, using clone. It will wait for the main qemu process to
4815 terminate completely, and then exit.
4816 This allows qemu to terminate very quickly even if the guest was
4817 huge, leaving the teardown of the address space to the cleanup
4818 process. Since the cleanup process shares the same cgroups as the
4819 main qemu process, accounting is performed correctly. This only
4820 works if the cleanup process is not forcefully killed with SIGKILL
4821 before the main qemu process has terminated completely.
4822ERST
4823
Seiji Aguchi5e2ac512013-07-03 23:02:46 -04004824DEF("msg", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_msg,
Mario Smarduch2880ffb2020-06-26 13:19:00 -07004825 "-msg [timestamp[=on|off]][,guest-name=[on|off]]\n"
Markus Armbrusterdeda4972019-10-10 10:15:08 +02004826 " control error message format\n"
Mario Smarduch2880ffb2020-06-26 13:19:00 -07004827 " timestamp=on enables timestamps (default: off)\n"
4828 " guest-name=on enables guest name prefix but only if\n"
4829 " -name guest option is set (default: off)\n",
Seiji Aguchi5e2ac512013-07-03 23:02:46 -04004830 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004831SRST
Mario Smarduch2880ffb2020-06-26 13:19:00 -07004832``-msg [timestamp[=on|off]][,guest-name[=on|off]]``
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004833 Control error message format.
4834
4835 ``timestamp=on|off``
4836 Prefix messages with a timestamp. Default is off.
Mario Smarduch2880ffb2020-06-26 13:19:00 -07004837
4838 ``guest-name=on|off``
4839 Prefix messages with guest name but only if -name guest option is set
4840 otherwise the option is ignored. Default is off.
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004841ERST
Seiji Aguchi5e2ac512013-07-03 23:02:46 -04004842
Amit Shahabfd9ce2014-06-20 18:56:08 +05304843DEF("dump-vmstate", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_dump_vmstate,
4844 "-dump-vmstate <file>\n"
4845 " Output vmstate information in JSON format to file.\n"
4846 " Use the scripts/vmstate-static-checker.py file to\n"
4847 " check for possible regressions in migration code\n"
Laurent Vivier23820532015-09-04 21:30:04 +02004848 " by comparing two such vmstate dumps.\n",
Amit Shahabfd9ce2014-06-20 18:56:08 +05304849 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004850SRST
4851``-dump-vmstate file``
4852 Dump json-encoded vmstate information for current machine type to
4853 file in file
4854ERST
Amit Shahabfd9ce2014-06-20 18:56:08 +05304855
Emilio G. Cota12df1892018-08-15 11:42:49 -04004856DEF("enable-sync-profile", 0, QEMU_OPTION_enable_sync_profile,
4857 "-enable-sync-profile\n"
4858 " enable synchronization profiling\n",
4859 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004860SRST
4861``-enable-sync-profile``
4862 Enable synchronization profiling.
4863ERST
Emilio G. Cota12df1892018-08-15 11:42:49 -04004864
Ilya Leoshkevich5584e2d2023-01-12 16:20:13 +01004865#if defined(CONFIG_TCG) && defined(CONFIG_LINUX)
4866DEF("perfmap", 0, QEMU_OPTION_perfmap,
4867 "-perfmap generate a /tmp/perf-${pid}.map file for perf\n",
4868 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
4869SRST
4870``-perfmap``
4871 Generate a map file for Linux perf tools that will allow basic profiling
4872 information to be broken down into basic blocks.
4873ERST
4874
4875DEF("jitdump", 0, QEMU_OPTION_jitdump,
4876 "-jitdump generate a jit-${pid}.dump file for perf\n",
4877 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
4878SRST
4879``-jitdump``
4880 Generate a dump file for Linux perf tools that maps basic blocks to symbol
4881 names, line numbers and JITted code.
4882ERST
4883#endif
4884
Paolo Bonzini43f187a2017-01-04 13:50:37 +01004885DEFHEADING()
Markus Armbrusterde6b4f92017-10-02 16:03:00 +02004886
4887DEFHEADING(Generic object creation:)
Daniel P. Berrangeb9174d42015-05-13 17:14:03 +01004888
4889DEF("object", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_object,
4890 "-object TYPENAME[,PROP1=VALUE1,...]\n"
4891 " create a new object of type TYPENAME setting properties\n"
4892 " in the order they are specified. Note that the 'id'\n"
4893 " property must be set. These objects are placed in the\n"
4894 " '/objects' path.\n",
4895 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004896SRST
4897``-object typename[,prop1=value1,...]``
4898 Create a new object of type typename setting properties in the order
4899 they are specified. Note that the 'id' property must be set. These
4900 objects are placed in the '/objects' path.
4901
Stefan Hajnoczi86635aa2021-01-04 17:13:19 +00004902 ``-object memory-backend-file,id=id,size=size,mem-path=dir,share=on|off,discard-data=on|off,merge=on|off,dump=on|off,prealloc=on|off,host-nodes=host-nodes,policy=default|preferred|bind|interleave,align=align,readonly=on|off``
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004903 Creates a memory file backend object, which can be used to back
4904 the guest RAM with huge pages.
4905
4906 The ``id`` parameter is a unique ID that will be used to
Robert Hoo56c9f002021-04-22 16:42:02 +08004907 reference this memory region in other parameters, e.g. ``-numa``,
4908 ``-device nvdimm``, etc.
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004909
4910 The ``size`` option provides the size of the memory region, and
Robert Hoo56c9f002021-04-22 16:42:02 +08004911 accepts common suffixes, e.g. ``500M``.
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004912
4913 The ``mem-path`` provides the path to either a shared memory or
4914 huge page filesystem mount.
4915
4916 The ``share`` boolean option determines whether the memory
4917 region is marked as private to QEMU, or shared. The latter
4918 allows a co-operating external process to access the QEMU memory
4919 region.
4920
4921 The ``share`` is also required for pvrdma devices due to
4922 limitations in the RDMA API provided by Linux.
4923
4924 Setting share=on might affect the ability to configure NUMA
4925 bindings for the memory backend under some circumstances, see
4926 Documentation/vm/numa\_memory\_policy.txt on the Linux kernel
4927 source tree for additional details.
4928
4929 Setting the ``discard-data`` boolean option to on indicates that
4930 file contents can be destroyed when QEMU exits, to avoid
4931 unnecessarily flushing data to the backing file. Note that
4932 ``discard-data`` is only an optimization, and QEMU might not
4933 discard file contents if it aborts unexpectedly or is terminated
4934 using SIGKILL.
4935
4936 The ``merge`` boolean option enables memory merge, also known as
4937 MADV\_MERGEABLE, so that Kernel Samepage Merging will consider
4938 the pages for memory deduplication.
4939
4940 Setting the ``dump`` boolean option to off excludes the memory
4941 from core dumps. This feature is also known as MADV\_DONTDUMP.
4942
4943 The ``prealloc`` boolean option enables memory preallocation.
4944
4945 The ``host-nodes`` option binds the memory range to a list of
4946 NUMA host nodes.
4947
4948 The ``policy`` option sets the NUMA policy to one of the
4949 following values:
4950
4951 ``default``
4952 default host policy
4953
4954 ``preferred``
4955 prefer the given host node list for allocation
4956
4957 ``bind``
4958 restrict memory allocation to the given host node list
4959
4960 ``interleave``
4961 interleave memory allocations across the given host node
4962 list
4963
4964 The ``align`` option specifies the base address alignment when
4965 QEMU mmap(2) ``mem-path``, and accepts common suffixes, eg
4966 ``2M``. Some backend store specified by ``mem-path`` requires an
4967 alignment different than the default one used by QEMU, eg the
4968 device DAX /dev/dax0.0 requires 2M alignment rather than 4K. In
4969 such cases, users can specify the required alignment via this
4970 option.
4971
4972 The ``pmem`` option specifies whether the backing file specified
4973 by ``mem-path`` is in host persistent memory that can be
4974 accessed using the SNIA NVM programming model (e.g. Intel
4975 NVDIMM). If ``pmem`` is set to 'on', QEMU will take necessary
4976 operations to guarantee the persistence of its own writes to
4977 ``mem-path`` (e.g. in vNVDIMM label emulation and live
4978 migration). Also, we will map the backend-file with MAP\_SYNC
4979 flag, which ensures the file metadata is in sync for
4980 ``mem-path`` in case of host crash or a power failure. MAP\_SYNC
4981 requires support from both the host kernel (since Linux kernel
4982 4.15) and the filesystem of ``mem-path`` mounted with DAX
4983 option.
4984
Stefan Hajnoczi86635aa2021-01-04 17:13:19 +00004985 The ``readonly`` option specifies whether the backing file is opened
4986 read-only or read-write (default).
4987
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004988 ``-object memory-backend-ram,id=id,merge=on|off,dump=on|off,share=on|off,prealloc=on|off,size=size,host-nodes=host-nodes,policy=default|preferred|bind|interleave``
4989 Creates a memory backend object, which can be used to back the
4990 guest RAM. Memory backend objects offer more control than the
4991 ``-m`` option that is traditionally used to define guest RAM.
4992 Please refer to ``memory-backend-file`` for a description of the
4993 options.
4994
4995 ``-object memory-backend-memfd,id=id,merge=on|off,dump=on|off,share=on|off,prealloc=on|off,size=size,host-nodes=host-nodes,policy=default|preferred|bind|interleave,seal=on|off,hugetlb=on|off,hugetlbsize=size``
4996 Creates an anonymous memory file backend object, which allows
4997 QEMU to share the memory with an external process (e.g. when
4998 using vhost-user). The memory is allocated with memfd and
4999 optional sealing. (Linux only)
5000
5001 The ``seal`` option creates a sealed-file, that will block
5002 further resizing the memory ('on' by default).
5003
5004 The ``hugetlb`` option specify the file to be created resides in
5005 the hugetlbfs filesystem (since Linux 4.14). Used in conjunction
5006 with the ``hugetlb`` option, the ``hugetlbsize`` option specify
5007 the hugetlb page size on systems that support multiple hugetlb
5008 page sizes (it must be a power of 2 value supported by the
5009 system).
5010
5011 In some versions of Linux, the ``hugetlb`` option is
5012 incompatible with the ``seal`` option (requires at least Linux
5013 4.16).
5014
5015 Please refer to ``memory-backend-file`` for a description of the
5016 other options.
5017
5018 The ``share`` boolean option is on by default with memfd.
5019
5020 ``-object rng-builtin,id=id``
5021 Creates a random number generator backend which obtains entropy
5022 from QEMU builtin functions. The ``id`` parameter is a unique ID
5023 that will be used to reference this entropy backend from the
5024 ``virtio-rng`` device. By default, the ``virtio-rng`` device
5025 uses this RNG backend.
5026
5027 ``-object rng-random,id=id,filename=/dev/random``
5028 Creates a random number generator backend which obtains entropy
5029 from a device on the host. The ``id`` parameter is a unique ID
5030 that will be used to reference this entropy backend from the
5031 ``virtio-rng`` device. The ``filename`` parameter specifies
5032 which file to obtain entropy from and if omitted defaults to
5033 ``/dev/urandom``.
5034
5035 ``-object rng-egd,id=id,chardev=chardevid``
5036 Creates a random number generator backend which obtains entropy
5037 from an external daemon running on the host. The ``id``
5038 parameter is a unique ID that will be used to reference this
5039 entropy backend from the ``virtio-rng`` device. The ``chardev``
5040 parameter is the unique ID of a character device backend that
5041 provides the connection to the RNG daemon.
5042
5043 ``-object tls-creds-anon,id=id,endpoint=endpoint,dir=/path/to/cred/dir,verify-peer=on|off``
5044 Creates a TLS anonymous credentials object, which can be used to
5045 provide TLS support on network backends. The ``id`` parameter is
5046 a unique ID which network backends will use to access the
5047 credentials. The ``endpoint`` is either ``server`` or ``client``
5048 depending on whether the QEMU network backend that uses the
5049 credentials will be acting as a client or as a server. If
5050 ``verify-peer`` is enabled (the default) then once the handshake
5051 is completed, the peer credentials will be verified, though this
5052 is a no-op for anonymous credentials.
5053
5054 The dir parameter tells QEMU where to find the credential files.
5055 For server endpoints, this directory may contain a file
5056 dh-params.pem providing diffie-hellman parameters to use for the
5057 TLS server. If the file is missing, QEMU will generate a set of
5058 DH parameters at startup. This is a computationally expensive
5059 operation that consumes random pool entropy, so it is
5060 recommended that a persistent set of parameters be generated
5061 upfront and saved.
5062
5063 ``-object tls-creds-psk,id=id,endpoint=endpoint,dir=/path/to/keys/dir[,username=username]``
5064 Creates a TLS Pre-Shared Keys (PSK) credentials object, which
5065 can be used to provide TLS support on network backends. The
5066 ``id`` parameter is a unique ID which network backends will use
5067 to access the credentials. The ``endpoint`` is either ``server``
5068 or ``client`` depending on whether the QEMU network backend that
5069 uses the credentials will be acting as a client or as a server.
5070 For clients only, ``username`` is the username which will be
5071 sent to the server. If omitted it defaults to "qemu".
5072
5073 The dir parameter tells QEMU where to find the keys file. It is
5074 called "dir/keys.psk" and contains "username:key" pairs. This
5075 file can most easily be created using the GnuTLS ``psktool``
5076 program.
5077
5078 For server endpoints, dir may also contain a file dh-params.pem
5079 providing diffie-hellman parameters to use for the TLS server.
5080 If the file is missing, QEMU will generate a set of DH
5081 parameters at startup. This is a computationally expensive
5082 operation that consumes random pool entropy, so it is
5083 recommended that a persistent set of parameters be generated up
5084 front and saved.
5085
5086 ``-object tls-creds-x509,id=id,endpoint=endpoint,dir=/path/to/cred/dir,priority=priority,verify-peer=on|off,passwordid=id``
5087 Creates a TLS anonymous credentials object, which can be used to
5088 provide TLS support on network backends. The ``id`` parameter is
5089 a unique ID which network backends will use to access the
5090 credentials. The ``endpoint`` is either ``server`` or ``client``
5091 depending on whether the QEMU network backend that uses the
5092 credentials will be acting as a client or as a server. If
5093 ``verify-peer`` is enabled (the default) then once the handshake
5094 is completed, the peer credentials will be verified. With x509
5095 certificates, this implies that the clients must be provided
5096 with valid client certificates too.
5097
5098 The dir parameter tells QEMU where to find the credential files.
5099 For server endpoints, this directory may contain a file
5100 dh-params.pem providing diffie-hellman parameters to use for the
5101 TLS server. If the file is missing, QEMU will generate a set of
5102 DH parameters at startup. This is a computationally expensive
5103 operation that consumes random pool entropy, so it is
5104 recommended that a persistent set of parameters be generated
5105 upfront and saved.
5106
5107 For x509 certificate credentials the directory will contain
5108 further files providing the x509 certificates. The certificates
5109 must be stored in PEM format, in filenames ca-cert.pem,
5110 ca-crl.pem (optional), server-cert.pem (only servers),
5111 server-key.pem (only servers), client-cert.pem (only clients),
5112 and client-key.pem (only clients).
5113
5114 For the server-key.pem and client-key.pem files which contain
5115 sensitive private keys, it is possible to use an encrypted
5116 version by providing the passwordid parameter. This provides the
5117 ID of a previously created ``secret`` object containing the
5118 password for decryption.
5119
5120 The priority parameter allows to override the global default
5121 priority used by gnutls. This can be useful if the system
5122 administrator needs to use a weaker set of crypto priorities for
5123 QEMU without potentially forcing the weakness onto all
5124 applications. Or conversely if one wants wants a stronger
5125 default for QEMU than for all other applications, they can do
5126 this through this parameter. Its format is a gnutls priority
5127 string as described at
5128 https://gnutls.org/manual/html_node/Priority-Strings.html.
5129
Philippe Mathieu-Daudé993aec22018-10-11 20:21:11 +02005130 ``-object tls-cipher-suites,id=id,priority=priority``
5131 Creates a TLS cipher suites object, which can be used to control
5132 the TLS cipher/protocol algorithms that applications are permitted
5133 to use.
5134
5135 The ``id`` parameter is a unique ID which frontends will use to
5136 access the ordered list of permitted TLS cipher suites from the
5137 host.
5138
5139 The ``priority`` parameter allows to override the global default
5140 priority used by gnutls. This can be useful if the system
5141 administrator needs to use a weaker set of crypto priorities for
5142 QEMU without potentially forcing the weakness onto all
5143 applications. Or conversely if one wants wants a stronger
5144 default for QEMU than for all other applications, they can do
5145 this through this parameter. Its format is a gnutls priority
5146 string as described at
5147 https://gnutls.org/manual/html_node/Priority-Strings.html.
5148
Philippe Mathieu-Daudé69699f32020-05-14 15:15:47 +02005149 An example of use of this object is to control UEFI HTTPS Boot.
5150 The tls-cipher-suites object exposes the ordered list of permitted
5151 TLS cipher suites from the host side to the guest firmware, via
5152 fw_cfg. The list is represented as an array of IANA_TLS_CIPHER
5153 objects. The firmware uses the IANA_TLS_CIPHER array for configuring
5154 guest-side TLS.
5155
5156 In the following example, the priority at which the host-side policy
5157 is retrieved is given by the ``priority`` property.
5158 Given that QEMU uses GNUTLS, ``priority=@SYSTEM`` may be used to
5159 refer to /etc/crypto-policies/back-ends/gnutls.config.
5160
5161 .. parsed-literal::
5162
Laszlo Ersek353a06b2020-09-08 19:21:11 +02005163 # |qemu_system| \\
5164 -object tls-cipher-suites,id=mysuite0,priority=@SYSTEM \\
Philippe Mathieu-Daudé69699f32020-05-14 15:15:47 +02005165 -fw_cfg name=etc/edk2/https/ciphers,gen_id=mysuite0
5166
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00005167 ``-object filter-buffer,id=id,netdev=netdevid,interval=t[,queue=all|rx|tx][,status=on|off][,position=head|tail|id=<id>][,insert=behind|before]``
5168 Interval t can't be 0, this filter batches the packet delivery:
5169 all packets arriving in a given interval on netdev netdevid are
5170 delayed until the end of the interval. Interval is in
5171 microseconds. ``status`` is optional that indicate whether the
5172 netfilter is on (enabled) or off (disabled), the default status
5173 for netfilter will be 'on'.
5174
5175 queue all\|rx\|tx is an option that can be applied to any
5176 netfilter.
5177
5178 ``all``: the filter is attached both to the receive and the
5179 transmit queue of the netdev (default).
5180
5181 ``rx``: the filter is attached to the receive queue of the
5182 netdev, where it will receive packets sent to the netdev.
5183
5184 ``tx``: the filter is attached to the transmit queue of the
5185 netdev, where it will receive packets sent by the netdev.
5186
5187 position head\|tail\|id=<id> is an option to specify where the
5188 filter should be inserted in the filter list. It can be applied
5189 to any netfilter.
5190
5191 ``head``: the filter is inserted at the head of the filter list,
5192 before any existing filters.
5193
5194 ``tail``: the filter is inserted at the tail of the filter list,
5195 behind any existing filters (default).
5196
5197 ``id=<id>``: the filter is inserted before or behind the filter
5198 specified by <id>, see the insert option below.
5199
5200 insert behind\|before is an option to specify where to insert
5201 the new filter relative to the one specified with
5202 position=id=<id>. It can be applied to any netfilter.
5203
5204 ``before``: insert before the specified filter.
5205
5206 ``behind``: insert behind the specified filter (default).
5207
5208 ``-object filter-mirror,id=id,netdev=netdevid,outdev=chardevid,queue=all|rx|tx[,vnet_hdr_support][,position=head|tail|id=<id>][,insert=behind|before]``
5209 filter-mirror on netdev netdevid,mirror net packet to
5210 chardevchardevid, if it has the vnet\_hdr\_support flag,
5211 filter-mirror will mirror packet with vnet\_hdr\_len.
5212
5213 ``-object filter-redirector,id=id,netdev=netdevid,indev=chardevid,outdev=chardevid,queue=all|rx|tx[,vnet_hdr_support][,position=head|tail|id=<id>][,insert=behind|before]``
5214 filter-redirector on netdev netdevid,redirect filter's net
5215 packet to chardev chardevid,and redirect indev's packet to
5216 filter.if it has the vnet\_hdr\_support flag, filter-redirector
5217 will redirect packet with vnet\_hdr\_len. Create a
5218 filter-redirector we need to differ outdev id from indev id, id
5219 can not be the same. we can just use indev or outdev, but at
5220 least one of indev or outdev need to be specified.
5221
5222 ``-object filter-rewriter,id=id,netdev=netdevid,queue=all|rx|tx,[vnet_hdr_support][,position=head|tail|id=<id>][,insert=behind|before]``
5223 Filter-rewriter is a part of COLO project.It will rewrite tcp
5224 packet to secondary from primary to keep secondary tcp
5225 connection,and rewrite tcp packet to primary from secondary make
5226 tcp packet can be handled by client.if it has the
5227 vnet\_hdr\_support flag, we can parse packet with vnet header.
5228
5229 usage: colo secondary: -object
5230 filter-redirector,id=f1,netdev=hn0,queue=tx,indev=red0 -object
5231 filter-redirector,id=f2,netdev=hn0,queue=rx,outdev=red1 -object
5232 filter-rewriter,id=rew0,netdev=hn0,queue=all
5233
5234 ``-object filter-dump,id=id,netdev=dev[,file=filename][,maxlen=len][,position=head|tail|id=<id>][,insert=behind|before]``
5235 Dump the network traffic on netdev dev to the file specified by
5236 filename. At most len bytes (64k by default) per packet are
5237 stored. The file format is libpcap, so it can be analyzed with
5238 tools such as tcpdump or Wireshark.
5239
Zhang Chena2e5cb72020-06-24 09:20:41 +08005240 ``-object colo-compare,id=id,primary_in=chardevid,secondary_in=chardevid,outdev=chardevid,iothread=id[,vnet_hdr_support][,notify_dev=id][,compare_timeout=@var{ms}][,expired_scan_cycle=@var{ms}][,max_queue_size=@var{size}]``
Zhang Chen2b28a7e2020-06-24 09:20:42 +08005241 Colo-compare gets packet from primary\_in chardevid and
5242 secondary\_in, then compare whether the payload of primary packet
5243 and secondary packet are the same. If same, it will output
5244 primary packet to out\_dev, else it will notify COLO-framework to do
5245 checkpoint and send primary packet to out\_dev. In order to
5246 improve efficiency, we need to put the task of comparison in
5247 another iothread. If it has the vnet\_hdr\_support flag,
5248 colo compare will send/recv packet with vnet\_hdr\_len.
5249 The compare\_timeout=@var{ms} determines the maximum time of the
5250 colo-compare hold the packet. The expired\_scan\_cycle=@var{ms}
5251 is to set the period of scanning expired primary node network packets.
5252 The max\_queue\_size=@var{size} is to set the max compare queue
5253 size depend on user environment.
5254 If user want to use Xen COLO, need to add the notify\_dev to
Zhang Chen9cc43c92020-03-18 16:23:19 +08005255 notify Xen colo-frame to do checkpoint.
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00005256
Zhang Chen2b28a7e2020-06-24 09:20:42 +08005257 COLO-compare must be used with the help of filter-mirror,
5258 filter-redirector and filter-rewriter.
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00005259
5260 ::
5261
5262 KVM COLO
5263
5264 primary:
5265 -netdev tap,id=hn0,vhost=off,script=/etc/qemu-ifup,downscript=/etc/qemu-ifdown
5266 -device e1000,id=e0,netdev=hn0,mac=52:a4:00:12:78:66
Daniel P. Berrangébfdc1262021-02-16 19:10:19 +00005267 -chardev socket,id=mirror0,host=3.3.3.3,port=9003,server=on,wait=off
5268 -chardev socket,id=compare1,host=3.3.3.3,port=9004,server=on,wait=off
5269 -chardev socket,id=compare0,host=3.3.3.3,port=9001,server=on,wait=off
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00005270 -chardev socket,id=compare0-0,host=3.3.3.3,port=9001
Daniel P. Berrangébfdc1262021-02-16 19:10:19 +00005271 -chardev socket,id=compare_out,host=3.3.3.3,port=9005,server=on,wait=off
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00005272 -chardev socket,id=compare_out0,host=3.3.3.3,port=9005
5273 -object iothread,id=iothread1
5274 -object filter-mirror,id=m0,netdev=hn0,queue=tx,outdev=mirror0
5275 -object filter-redirector,netdev=hn0,id=redire0,queue=rx,indev=compare_out
5276 -object filter-redirector,netdev=hn0,id=redire1,queue=rx,outdev=compare0
5277 -object colo-compare,id=comp0,primary_in=compare0-0,secondary_in=compare1,outdev=compare_out0,iothread=iothread1
5278
5279 secondary:
5280 -netdev tap,id=hn0,vhost=off,script=/etc/qemu-ifup,down script=/etc/qemu-ifdown
5281 -device e1000,netdev=hn0,mac=52:a4:00:12:78:66
5282 -chardev socket,id=red0,host=3.3.3.3,port=9003
5283 -chardev socket,id=red1,host=3.3.3.3,port=9004
5284 -object filter-redirector,id=f1,netdev=hn0,queue=tx,indev=red0
5285 -object filter-redirector,id=f2,netdev=hn0,queue=rx,outdev=red1
5286
5287
5288 Xen COLO
5289
5290 primary:
5291 -netdev tap,id=hn0,vhost=off,script=/etc/qemu-ifup,downscript=/etc/qemu-ifdown
5292 -device e1000,id=e0,netdev=hn0,mac=52:a4:00:12:78:66
Daniel P. Berrangébfdc1262021-02-16 19:10:19 +00005293 -chardev socket,id=mirror0,host=3.3.3.3,port=9003,server=on,wait=off
5294 -chardev socket,id=compare1,host=3.3.3.3,port=9004,server=on,wait=off
5295 -chardev socket,id=compare0,host=3.3.3.3,port=9001,server=on,wait=off
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00005296 -chardev socket,id=compare0-0,host=3.3.3.3,port=9001
Daniel P. Berrangébfdc1262021-02-16 19:10:19 +00005297 -chardev socket,id=compare_out,host=3.3.3.3,port=9005,server=on,wait=off
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00005298 -chardev socket,id=compare_out0,host=3.3.3.3,port=9005
Daniel P. Berrangébfdc1262021-02-16 19:10:19 +00005299 -chardev socket,id=notify_way,host=3.3.3.3,port=9009,server=on,wait=off
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00005300 -object filter-mirror,id=m0,netdev=hn0,queue=tx,outdev=mirror0
5301 -object filter-redirector,netdev=hn0,id=redire0,queue=rx,indev=compare_out
5302 -object filter-redirector,netdev=hn0,id=redire1,queue=rx,outdev=compare0
5303 -object iothread,id=iothread1
5304 -object colo-compare,id=comp0,primary_in=compare0-0,secondary_in=compare1,outdev=compare_out0,notify_dev=nofity_way,iothread=iothread1
5305
5306 secondary:
5307 -netdev tap,id=hn0,vhost=off,script=/etc/qemu-ifup,down script=/etc/qemu-ifdown
5308 -device e1000,netdev=hn0,mac=52:a4:00:12:78:66
5309 -chardev socket,id=red0,host=3.3.3.3,port=9003
5310 -chardev socket,id=red1,host=3.3.3.3,port=9004
5311 -object filter-redirector,id=f1,netdev=hn0,queue=tx,indev=red0
5312 -object filter-redirector,id=f2,netdev=hn0,queue=rx,outdev=red1
5313
5314 If you want to know the detail of above command line, you can
5315 read the colo-compare git log.
5316
5317 ``-object cryptodev-backend-builtin,id=id[,queues=queues]``
Stefan Weil1e458f12022-10-30 11:59:44 +01005318 Creates a cryptodev backend which executes crypto operations from
5319 the QEMU cipher APIs. The id parameter is a unique ID that will
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00005320 be used to reference this cryptodev backend from the
5321 ``virtio-crypto`` device. The queues parameter is optional,
5322 which specify the queue number of cryptodev backend, the default
5323 of queues is 1.
5324
Peter Maydell09ce5f22020-02-28 15:36:13 +00005325 .. parsed-literal::
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00005326
Laszlo Ersek353a06b2020-09-08 19:21:11 +02005327 # |qemu_system| \\
5328 [...] \\
5329 -object cryptodev-backend-builtin,id=cryptodev0 \\
5330 -device virtio-crypto-pci,id=crypto0,cryptodev=cryptodev0 \\
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00005331 [...]
5332
5333 ``-object cryptodev-vhost-user,id=id,chardev=chardevid[,queues=queues]``
5334 Creates a vhost-user cryptodev backend, backed by a chardev
5335 chardevid. The id parameter is a unique ID that will be used to
5336 reference this cryptodev backend from the ``virtio-crypto``
5337 device. The chardev should be a unix domain socket backed one.
5338 The vhost-user uses a specifically defined protocol to pass
5339 vhost ioctl replacement messages to an application on the other
5340 end of the socket. The queues parameter is optional, which
5341 specify the queue number of cryptodev backend for multiqueue
5342 vhost-user, the default of queues is 1.
5343
Peter Maydell09ce5f22020-02-28 15:36:13 +00005344 .. parsed-literal::
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00005345
Laszlo Ersek353a06b2020-09-08 19:21:11 +02005346 # |qemu_system| \\
5347 [...] \\
5348 -chardev socket,id=chardev0,path=/path/to/socket \\
5349 -object cryptodev-vhost-user,id=cryptodev0,chardev=chardev0 \\
5350 -device virtio-crypto-pci,id=crypto0,cryptodev=cryptodev0 \\
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00005351 [...]
5352
5353 ``-object secret,id=id,data=string,format=raw|base64[,keyid=secretid,iv=string]``
Peter Maydell09ce5f22020-02-28 15:36:13 +00005354 \
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00005355 ``-object secret,id=id,file=filename,format=raw|base64[,keyid=secretid,iv=string]``
5356 Defines a secret to store a password, encryption key, or some
5357 other sensitive data. The sensitive data can either be passed
5358 directly via the data parameter, or indirectly via the file
5359 parameter. Using the data parameter is insecure unless the
5360 sensitive data is encrypted.
5361
5362 The sensitive data can be provided in raw format (the default),
5363 or base64. When encoded as JSON, the raw format only supports
5364 valid UTF-8 characters, so base64 is recommended for sending
5365 binary data. QEMU will convert from which ever format is
5366 provided to the format it needs internally. eg, an RBD password
5367 can be provided in raw format, even though it will be base64
5368 encoded when passed onto the RBD sever.
5369
5370 For added protection, it is possible to encrypt the data
5371 associated with a secret using the AES-256-CBC cipher. Use of
5372 encryption is indicated by providing the keyid and iv
5373 parameters. The keyid parameter provides the ID of a previously
5374 defined secret that contains the AES-256 decryption key. This
5375 key should be 32-bytes long and be base64 encoded. The iv
5376 parameter provides the random initialization vector used for
5377 encryption of this particular secret and should be a base64
5378 encrypted string of the 16-byte IV.
5379
5380 The simplest (insecure) usage is to provide the secret inline
5381
Peter Maydell09ce5f22020-02-28 15:36:13 +00005382 .. parsed-literal::
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00005383
5384 # |qemu_system| -object secret,id=sec0,data=letmein,format=raw
5385
5386 The simplest secure usage is to provide the secret via a file
5387
5388 # printf "letmein" > mypasswd.txt # QEMU\_SYSTEM\_MACRO -object
5389 secret,id=sec0,file=mypasswd.txt,format=raw
5390
5391 For greater security, AES-256-CBC should be used. To illustrate
5392 usage, consider the openssl command line tool which can encrypt
5393 the data. Note that when encrypting, the plaintext must be
5394 padded to the cipher block size (32 bytes) using the standard
5395 PKCS#5/6 compatible padding algorithm.
5396
5397 First a master key needs to be created in base64 encoding:
5398
5399 ::
5400
5401 # openssl rand -base64 32 > key.b64
5402 # KEY=$(base64 -d key.b64 | hexdump -v -e '/1 "%02X"')
5403
5404 Each secret to be encrypted needs to have a random
5405 initialization vector generated. These do not need to be kept
5406 secret
5407
5408 ::
5409
5410 # openssl rand -base64 16 > iv.b64
5411 # IV=$(base64 -d iv.b64 | hexdump -v -e '/1 "%02X"')
5412
5413 The secret to be defined can now be encrypted, in this case
5414 we're telling openssl to base64 encode the result, but it could
5415 be left as raw bytes if desired.
5416
5417 ::
5418
5419 # SECRET=$(printf "letmein" |
5420 openssl enc -aes-256-cbc -a -K $KEY -iv $IV)
5421
5422 When launching QEMU, create a master secret pointing to
5423 ``key.b64`` and specify that to be used to decrypt the user
5424 password. Pass the contents of ``iv.b64`` to the second secret
5425
Peter Maydell09ce5f22020-02-28 15:36:13 +00005426 .. parsed-literal::
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00005427
Laszlo Ersek353a06b2020-09-08 19:21:11 +02005428 # |qemu_system| \\
5429 -object secret,id=secmaster0,format=base64,file=key.b64 \\
5430 -object secret,id=sec0,keyid=secmaster0,format=base64,\\
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00005431 data=$SECRET,iv=$(<iv.b64)
5432
Dov Murik55cdf562021-11-11 10:00:43 +00005433 ``-object sev-guest,id=id,cbitpos=cbitpos,reduced-phys-bits=val,[sev-device=string,policy=policy,handle=handle,dh-cert-file=file,session-file=file,kernel-hashes=on|off]``
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00005434 Create a Secure Encrypted Virtualization (SEV) guest object,
5435 which can be used to provide the guest memory encryption support
5436 on AMD processors.
5437
5438 When memory encryption is enabled, one of the physical address
5439 bit (aka the C-bit) is utilized to mark if a memory page is
5440 protected. The ``cbitpos`` is used to provide the C-bit
5441 position. The C-bit position is Host family dependent hence user
5442 must provide this value. On EPYC, the value should be 47.
5443
5444 When memory encryption is enabled, we loose certain bits in
5445 physical address space. The ``reduced-phys-bits`` is used to
5446 provide the number of bits we loose in physical address space.
5447 Similar to C-bit, the value is Host family dependent. On EPYC,
Tom Lendacky326e3012022-09-30 10:14:28 -05005448 a guest will lose a maximum of 1 bit, so the value should be 1.
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00005449
5450 The ``sev-device`` provides the device file to use for
5451 communicating with the SEV firmware running inside AMD Secure
5452 Processor. The default device is '/dev/sev'. If hardware
5453 supports memory encryption then /dev/sev devices are created by
5454 CCP driver.
5455
5456 The ``policy`` provides the guest policy to be enforced by the
5457 SEV firmware and restrict what configuration and operational
5458 commands can be performed on this guest by the hypervisor. The
5459 policy should be provided by the guest owner and is bound to the
5460 guest and cannot be changed throughout the lifetime of the
5461 guest. The default is 0.
5462
5463 If guest ``policy`` allows sharing the key with another SEV
5464 guest then ``handle`` can be use to provide handle of the guest
5465 from which to share the key.
5466
5467 The ``dh-cert-file`` and ``session-file`` provides the guest
5468 owner's Public Diffie-Hillman key defined in SEV spec. The PDH
5469 and session parameters are used for establishing a cryptographic
5470 session with the guest owner to negotiate keys used for
5471 attestation. The file must be encoded in base64.
5472
Dov Murik55cdf562021-11-11 10:00:43 +00005473 The ``kernel-hashes`` adds the hashes of given kernel/initrd/
5474 cmdline to a designated guest firmware page for measured Linux
5475 boot with -kernel. The default is off. (Since 6.2)
5476
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00005477 e.g to launch a SEV guest
5478
Peter Maydell09ce5f22020-02-28 15:36:13 +00005479 .. parsed-literal::
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00005480
Laszlo Ersek353a06b2020-09-08 19:21:11 +02005481 # |qemu_system_x86| \\
5482 ...... \\
Tom Lendacky326e3012022-09-30 10:14:28 -05005483 -object sev-guest,id=sev0,cbitpos=47,reduced-phys-bits=1 \\
Laszlo Ersek353a06b2020-09-08 19:21:11 +02005484 -machine ...,memory-encryption=sev0 \\
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00005485 .....
5486
5487 ``-object authz-simple,id=id,identity=string``
5488 Create an authorization object that will control access to
5489 network services.
5490
5491 The ``identity`` parameter is identifies the user and its format
5492 depends on the network service that authorization object is
5493 associated with. For authorizing based on TLS x509 certificates,
5494 the identity must be the x509 distinguished name. Note that care
5495 must be taken to escape any commas in the distinguished name.
5496
5497 An example authorization object to validate a x509 distinguished
5498 name would look like:
5499
Peter Maydell09ce5f22020-02-28 15:36:13 +00005500 .. parsed-literal::
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00005501
Laszlo Ersek353a06b2020-09-08 19:21:11 +02005502 # |qemu_system| \\
5503 ... \\
5504 -object 'authz-simple,id=auth0,identity=CN=laptop.example.com,,O=Example Org,,L=London,,ST=London,,C=GB' \\
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00005505 ...
5506
5507 Note the use of quotes due to the x509 distinguished name
5508 containing whitespace, and escaping of ','.
5509
Daniel P. Berrangé4d7beea2020-11-04 13:57:21 +00005510 ``-object authz-listfile,id=id,filename=path,refresh=on|off``
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00005511 Create an authorization object that will control access to
5512 network services.
5513
5514 The ``filename`` parameter is the fully qualified path to a file
5515 containing the access control list rules in JSON format.
5516
5517 An example set of rules that match against SASL usernames might
5518 look like:
5519
5520 ::
5521
5522 {
5523 "rules": [
5524 { "match": "fred", "policy": "allow", "format": "exact" },
5525 { "match": "bob", "policy": "allow", "format": "exact" },
5526 { "match": "danb", "policy": "deny", "format": "glob" },
5527 { "match": "dan*", "policy": "allow", "format": "exact" },
5528 ],
5529 "policy": "deny"
5530 }
5531
5532 When checking access the object will iterate over all the rules
5533 and the first rule to match will have its ``policy`` value
5534 returned as the result. If no rules match, then the default
5535 ``policy`` value is returned.
5536
5537 The rules can either be an exact string match, or they can use
5538 the simple UNIX glob pattern matching to allow wildcards to be
5539 used.
5540
5541 If ``refresh`` is set to true the file will be monitored and
5542 automatically reloaded whenever its content changes.
5543
5544 As with the ``authz-simple`` object, the format of the identity
5545 strings being matched depends on the network service, but is
5546 usually a TLS x509 distinguished name, or a SASL username.
5547
5548 An example authorization object to validate a SASL username
5549 would look like:
5550
Peter Maydell09ce5f22020-02-28 15:36:13 +00005551 .. parsed-literal::
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00005552
Laszlo Ersek353a06b2020-09-08 19:21:11 +02005553 # |qemu_system| \\
5554 ... \\
Daniel P. Berrangé4d7beea2020-11-04 13:57:21 +00005555 -object authz-simple,id=auth0,filename=/etc/qemu/vnc-sasl.acl,refresh=on \\
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00005556 ...
5557
5558 ``-object authz-pam,id=id,service=string``
5559 Create an authorization object that will control access to
5560 network services.
5561
5562 The ``service`` parameter provides the name of a PAM service to
5563 use for authorization. It requires that a file
5564 ``/etc/pam.d/service`` exist to provide the configuration for
5565 the ``account`` subsystem.
5566
5567 An example authorization object to validate a TLS x509
5568 distinguished name would look like:
5569
Peter Maydell09ce5f22020-02-28 15:36:13 +00005570 .. parsed-literal::
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00005571
Laszlo Ersek353a06b2020-09-08 19:21:11 +02005572 # |qemu_system| \\
5573 ... \\
5574 -object authz-pam,id=auth0,service=qemu-vnc \\
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00005575 ...
5576
5577 There would then be a corresponding config file for PAM at
5578 ``/etc/pam.d/qemu-vnc`` that contains:
5579
5580 ::
5581
5582 account requisite pam_listfile.so item=user sense=allow \
5583 file=/etc/qemu/vnc.allow
5584
5585 Finally the ``/etc/qemu/vnc.allow`` file would contain the list
Stefan Weil1e458f12022-10-30 11:59:44 +01005586 of x509 distinguished names that are permitted access
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00005587
5588 ::
5589
5590 CN=laptop.example.com,O=Example Home,L=London,ST=London,C=GB
5591
Stefano Garzarella1793ad02021-07-21 11:42:10 +02005592 ``-object iothread,id=id,poll-max-ns=poll-max-ns,poll-grow=poll-grow,poll-shrink=poll-shrink,aio-max-batch=aio-max-batch``
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00005593 Creates a dedicated event loop thread that devices can be
5594 assigned to. This is known as an IOThread. By default device
5595 emulation happens in vCPU threads or the main event loop thread.
5596 This can become a scalability bottleneck. IOThreads allow device
5597 emulation and I/O to run on other host CPUs.
5598
5599 The ``id`` parameter is a unique ID that will be used to
5600 reference this IOThread from ``-device ...,iothread=id``.
5601 Multiple devices can be assigned to an IOThread. Note that not
5602 all devices support an ``iothread`` parameter.
5603
5604 The ``query-iothreads`` QMP command lists IOThreads and reports
5605 their thread IDs so that the user can configure host CPU
5606 pinning/affinity.
5607
5608 IOThreads use an adaptive polling algorithm to reduce event loop
5609 latency. Instead of entering a blocking system call to monitor
5610 file descriptors and then pay the cost of being woken up when an
5611 event occurs, the polling algorithm spins waiting for events for
5612 a short time. The algorithm's default parameters are suitable
5613 for many cases but can be adjusted based on knowledge of the
5614 workload and/or host device latency.
5615
5616 The ``poll-max-ns`` parameter is the maximum number of
5617 nanoseconds to busy wait for events. Polling can be disabled by
5618 setting this value to 0.
5619
5620 The ``poll-grow`` parameter is the multiplier used to increase
5621 the polling time when the algorithm detects it is missing events
5622 due to not polling long enough.
5623
5624 The ``poll-shrink`` parameter is the divisor used to decrease
5625 the polling time when the algorithm detects it is spending too
5626 long polling without encountering events.
5627
Stefano Garzarella1793ad02021-07-21 11:42:10 +02005628 The ``aio-max-batch`` parameter is the maximum number of requests
5629 in a batch for the AIO engine, 0 means that the engine will use
5630 its default.
5631
5632 The IOThread parameters can be modified at run-time using the
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00005633 ``qom-set`` command (where ``iothread1`` is the IOThread's
5634 ``id``):
5635
5636 ::
5637
5638 (qemu) qom-set /objects/iothread1 poll-max-ns 100000
5639ERST
Daniel P. Berrangeb9174d42015-05-13 17:14:03 +01005640
5641
Stefan Weil3dbf2c72010-01-16 18:19:44 +01005642HXCOMM This is the last statement. Insert new options before this line!
Paolo Bonzinifd5fc4b2021-05-17 07:34:21 -04005643
5644#undef DEF
5645#undef DEFHEADING
5646#undef ARCHHEADING